Document:

EX-10.6

 Exhibit 10.6 
 CHABOT CENTER 
 OFFICE LEASE 

between 
 HACIENDA
PLEASANTON PARK MD PARENT, LLC 
 (“LANDLORD”) 

and 
 VERTICALS
ONDEMAND, INC. 
 (“TENANT”) 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

							
	1.	 	 USE
	  	 	3	  
			
	2.	 	 TERM; COMMENCEMENT DATE
	  	 	4	  
			
	3.	 	 POSSESSION
	  	 	5	  
			
	4.	 	 RENT
	  	 	5	  
			
	5.	 	 RULES AND REGULATIONS
	  	 	7	  
			
	6.	 	 PARKING
	  	 	7	  
			
	7.	 	 OPERATING EXPENSES OF BUILDING
	  	 	8	  
			
	8.	 	 REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE
	  	 	12	  
			
	9.	 	 ACCEPTANCE AND SURRENDER OF PREMISES
	  	 	12	  
			
	10.	 	 ALTERATIONS AND ADDITIONS
	  	 	13	  
			
	11.	 	 UTILITIES AND SERVICES
	  	 	14	  
			
	12.	 	 TAXES
	  	 	14	  
			
	13.	 	 INSURANCE
	  	 	16	  
			
	14.	 	 INDEMNIFICATION
	  	 	19	  
			
	15.	 	 COMPLIANCE
	  	 	19	  
			
	16.	 	 LIENS
	  	 	20	  
			
	17.	 	 ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING
	  	 	20	  
			
	18.	 	 SUBORDINATION, MORTGAGES AND QUIET ENJOYMENT
	  	 	21	  
			
	19.	 	 ENTRY BY LANDLORD
	  	 	22	  
			
	20.	 	 BANKRUPTCY, DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
	  	 	22	  
			
	21.	 	 ABANDONMENT
	  	 	25	  
			
	22.	 	 DESTRUCTION
	  	 	25	  
			
	23.	 	 EMINENT DOMAIN
	  	 	26	  
			
	24.	 	 SALE OR CONVEYANCE BY LANDLORD
	  	 	27	  

  
 i 

							
	25.	 	 ATTORNMENT TO LENDER OR THIRD PARTY
	  	 	27	  
			
	26.	 	 HOLDING OVER
	  	 	28	  
			
	27.	 	 CERTIFICATE OF ESTOPPEL
	  	 	28	  
			
	28.	 	 CONSTRUCTION CHANGES
	  	 	28	  
			
	29.	 	 RIGHT OF LANDLORD TO PERFORM
	  	 	28	  
			
	30.	 	 ATTORNEYS’ FEES
	  	 	29	  
			
	31.	 	 WAIVER
	  	 	29	  
			
	32.	 	 NOTICES
	  	 	29	  
			
	33.	 	 EXAMINATION OF LEASE
	  	 	29	  
			
	34.	 	 DEFAULT BY LANDLORD
	  	 	30	  
			
	35.	 	 CORPORATE AUTHORITY
	  	 	30	  
			
	36.	 	 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
	  	 	30	  
			
	37.	 	 BROKERS
	  	 	31	  
			
	38.	 	 SIGNS
	  	 	31	  
			
	39.	 	 ASSESSMENTS
	  	 	31	  
			
	40.	 	 MORTGAGEE PROTECTION CLAUSE
	  	 	32	  
			
	41.	 	 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
	  	 	32	  
			
	42.	 	 INTENTIONALLY OMITTED
	  	 	33	  
			
	43.	 	 MISCELLANEOUS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS
	  	 	33	  
			
	44.	 	 OPTION TO EXTEND
	  	 	34	  

  
 ii 

 TABLE OF EXHIBITS 

 

			
	Exhibit A	  	Premises
		
	Exhibit B	  	Property
		
	Exhibit C	  	Intentionally Omitted
		
	Exhibit D	  	Rules and Regulations
		
	Exhibit E	  	Utilities and Services
		
	Exhibit F	  	Tenant’s Janitorial Service
		
	Exhibit G	  	Intentionally Omitted

  
 iii

 BASIC LEASE TERMS 

 

							
	1	  	Lease Date:	  	December     , 2008
			
	2	  	 Landlord:
 Address
(for notices):
	  	 Hacienda Pleasanton Park MD Parent, LLC
 7901 Stoneridge Drive, Suite 205
 Pleasanton, CA 94588

			
		  		  	with copy to:
			
		  		  	 c/o Streamline

7901 Stoneridge Drive, Suite 205
 Pleasanton, CA
94588
 Attn: Property Manager
 Phone:
(925) 551-7040
 Fax: 925-460-8201

			
	3	  	 Tenant:
 Address (for
notices):
	  	Before Commencement Date:
				
		  		  	  
	  	
		  		  	  
	  	
		  		  	  
	  	
			
		  		  	After Commencement Date:
			
		  		  	 4637 Chabot Drive, Suite 210
 Pleasanton, California 94588

			
	4	  	Premises Address:	  	 4637 Chabot Drive, Suite 210
 Pleasanton, California 94588

			
	5	  	Lease Term (§2.1):	  	Twenty-four and  1/2 (24 1/2) months, subject to Tenant’s renewal right set forth in Section 44
			
	6	  	Scheduled Commencement Date (§2.2):	  	January 15, 2009
			
	7	  	Rent Commencement Date (§4.2):	  	February 1, 2009
			
	8	  	Term Expiration Date:	  	January 31, 2011
			
	9	  	Base Year (§7.6.1):	  	Calendar Year 2009
				
	10	  	Monthly Base Rent (§4.1):	  	Months of Rent	  	Monthly Base Rent
		  		  	1-12	  	$5,425.50 ($1.50 SF)
		  		  	13-24	  	$5,787.20 ($1.60 SF)
			
	11	  	Premises Area:	  	Approximately 3,617 square feet

  
 1 

							
	12	  	Building Area:	  	Approximately 73,600 square feet
			
	13	  	Tenant’s Building Percentage (§7.2):	  	4.91%
			
	14	  	Security Deposit (§4.6):	  	$5,787.20
			
	 15
	  	 Broker(s) (§39)
                                         
    Landlord’s:

                         
                                         
          Tenant’s:
	  	 Colliers International, Inc.
 Colliers International, Inc.

			
	16	  	Guarantor(s) (§42):	  	None

  
 2 

 LEASE AGREEMENT 

This Lease Agreement (“Lease”) is made as of December     , 2008, by and between
HACIENDA PLEASANTON PARK MD PARENT, LLC, a California limited liability company (“Landlord”), and VERTICALS ONDEMAND, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”). 

RECITALS 
 Landlord hereby
leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord those certain premises (the “Premises”) cross-hatched on Exhibit A more particularly described as follows: 

Approximately 3,617 rentable square feet on the second floor of the building (“Building”) located at 4637 Chabot
Drive, Pleasanton, California, consisting of a total area of approximately Seventy-Three Thousand Six Hundred (73,600) rentable square feet together with the non-exclusive right to use the Common Area (defined in Section 7.1) of the
Building and the Outside Area of the Property. As used herein, the term “Property” shall mean the land described in Exhibit B and all of the buildings, improvements, fixtures and equipment now or hereafter situated on
said land, commonly known as “Chabot Center.” The Property is part of a larger group of land, buildings and improvements referred to as “Hacienda Business Park” or the “Park.”

 Said leasing is upon and subject to the terms, covenants and conditions in the “Basic Lease Terms” attached to this
Lease and as hereinafter set forth and Tenant covenants as a material part of the consideration for this Lease to perform and observe each and all of said terms, covenants and conditions. 
 1. USE. Tenant shall use the Premises only in conformance with applicable governmental laws, regulations, rules and ordinances for the purpose of general office use and for no other purpose. Tenant
shall not do or permit to be done in or about the Premises or the Property, nor bring or keep or permit to be brought or kept in or about the Premises or the Property, anything which is prohibited by or will in any way increase the existing rate, or
cause a cancellation of, fire or any other insurance covering the Property or any of its contents. Tenant shall not do or permit to be done anything in, on or about the Premises or the Property which will in any way obstruct or interfere with the
rights of other tenants or occupants of the Building or injure or annoy them, or use or allow the Premises to be used for any improper, immoral, unlawful or objectionable purpose, nor shall Tenant cause, maintain or permit any nuisance in, on or
about the Premises or the Property. No sale by auction shall be permitted on the Premises. Tenant shall not place any loads upon the floors, walls, or ceiling, which endanger the structure, or place any harmful fluids or other materials in the
drainage system of the Building, or overload existing electrical or other mechanical systems. No waste materials or refuse shall be dumped upon or permitted to remain upon any part of the Premises or outside of the Building, except in trash
containers placed inside exterior enclosures designated by Landlord for that purpose or inside of the Building where designated by Landlord. No materials, supplies, equipment, finished products or semi-finished products, raw materials or articles of
any nature shall be stored upon or 

  
 3 

 
permitted to remain outside the Premises or on any portion of the Outside Area (defined in Section 7.1) of the Property. No loudspeaker or other device, system or apparatus which can be
heard outside the Premises shall be used in or at the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant shall not commit or suffer to be committed any waste in or upon the Premises. Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord
harmless against any loss, expense, damage, attorneys’ fees, or liability arising out of failure of Tenant to comply with any law applicable to Tenant or Tenant’s business. The provisions of this Section are for the benefit of Landlord
only and shall not be construed to be for the benefit of any tenant or occupant of the Building. Tenant acknowledges that it has received and read a copy of the Declaration of Covenants, Conditions and Restrictions for Hacienda Business Park (as
amended, the “Declaration”) recorded in the Office of the Recorder, Alameda County, California, on August 13, 1982 under Series No. 82-131982 and re-recorded September 17, 1982 under Series No. 82 141251
and as amended and modified by the Declaration of Covenants, Conditions and Restrictions for Hacienda Business Park (No. 2) recorded January 24, 1985 as Instrument No. 85-14396, Official Records of Alameda County, California, and as
amended by that certain First Amendment to Declaration of Covenants, Conditions and Restrictions for Hacienda Business Park (No. 2) recorded June 29, 1987 as Instrument No. 87-182797, and as amended by that certain Second Amendment to
Declaration of Covenants, Conditions and Restrictions for Hacienda Business Park (No. 2) recorded November 22, 1989 as Instrument No. 89-317183, and as amended by that certain Third Amendment to Declaration of Covenants, Conditions and
Restrictions for Hacienda Business Park (No. 2) recorded September 28, 1993 as Instrument No. 93-343173, and as amended by that certain Fourth Amendment to Declaration of Covenants, Conditions and Restrictions for Hacienda Business Park
(No. 2) recorded November 29, 1993 as Instrument No. 93-417506, and as amended by that certain Fifth Amendment to Declaration of Covenants, Conditions and Restrictions for Hacienda Business Park (No. 2) recorded February 16, 1995 as
Instrument No. 95-036988 and as further amended by the Sixth Amendment to Declaration of Covenants, Conditions and Restrictions for Hacienda Business Park (No. 2) recorded April 30, 1997, as Series No. 97-109714 and re-recorded
May 1, 1998 under Series No. 98-146103 (as amended, the “CC&R’s”). Tenant shall comply with the CC&R’s. 
 Tenant’s initials: /s/ P.G. 
 2. TERM; COMMENCEMENT DATE. 

2.1 Term. The term of this Lease shall be for the period set forth in Item 5 of the Basic Lease Terms (unless
sooner terminated as hereinafter provided) beginning on the Commencement Date, as defined below, and ending on the Expiration Date set forth in Item 8 of the Basic Lease Terms (“Term”). 

2.2 Commencement Date. The Term of this Lease shall commence on January 15, 2009 (“Commencement
Date”) and shall terminate on January 31, 2011. Tenant shall have the right to enter the Premises beginning January 1, 2009 for the purpose of installing telecommunications and data cabling, and for delivery and installation
of its furniture, fixtures, and equipment. 

  
 4 

 3. POSSESSION. 
 3.1 Delivery of Possession. If Landlord, for any reason whatsoever, cannot deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant by the Scheduled Commencement Date, this Lease shall not be void or voidable;
no obligation of Tenant shall be affected thereby; nor shall Landlord or Landlord’s agents be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage resulting therefrom; but in that event the commencement and termination dates of this Lease, and all other
dates affected thereby shall be revised to conform to the date of Landlord’s delivery of possession, as specified in Section 2.2 above. The above is, however, subject to the provision that the period of delay of delivery of the Premises
shall not exceed ninety (90) days from the Scheduled Commencement Date (except those delays caused by Tenant, acts of God, strikes, war, lack of utilities, weather, unavailable materials, delays caused solely by governmental bodies, and other
delays beyond Landlord’s control shall be excluded in calculating such period), in which instance Tenant, at its option, may by written notice to Landlord terminate this Lease. 
 4. RENT. 
 4.1 Base Rent. Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord at such
place as Landlord may designate without deduction, offset, prior notice, or demand, and Landlord agrees to accept as Base Rent for the leased Premises in lawful money of the United States of America, payable as set forth in
Item 10 of the Basic Lease Terms. 
 4.2 Time for Payment. Concurrently with the execution of this
Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the first month of Base Rent, for the first full month of Base Rent due after the “Rent Commencement Date” as set forth in Item 7 of the Basic Lease Terms, in the amount
set forth in Item 10 of the Basic Lease Terms. Base Rent shall be due on or before the first day of each calendar month of the Term from the Rent Commencement Date to the Term Expiration Date (set forth in
Item 8 of the Basic Lease Terms). If the Term of this Lease commences on a date other than the first day of a calendar month, on the Rent Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as rent for the period from the Rent
Commencement Date to the first day of the next succeeding calendar month that proportion of the monthly rent hereunder which the number of days between the Rent Commencement Date and the first day of the next succeeding calendar month bears to
thirty (30). If the Term of this Lease ends on a date other than the last day of a calendar month, on the first day of the last calendar month of the Term hereof Tenant shall pay to Landlord as rent for the period from said first day of said last
calendar month to and including the last day of the Term hereof that proportion of the monthly rent hereunder which the number of days between said first day of said last calendar month and the last day of the Term hereof bears to thirty (30).

 4.3 Late Charge. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, if Tenant fails to pay any Rent (defined in
Section 4.4) when due, and such Rent is not received by Landlord within five (5) days after the date such Rent is due, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in addition to the delinquent Rent, a late charge equal to ten percent (10%) of the
delinquent Rent. In addition to the foregoing late charge, if any Rent remains unpaid for 30 days or more after the date due, such Rent shall accrue interest at the lesser of the maximum interest rate permitted by law or ten percent (10%) per
annum until paid. 

  
 5 

 4.4 Additional Rent. Tenant shall pay to Landlord in addition to the Base Rent and as
Additional Rent the following: 
 4.4.1 Tenant’s Building Percentage (as defined in Section 7.2) of the Building
Operating Expenses and the Outside Area Expenses as provided for in Sections 7.3 and 7.6.2; and 
 4.4.2 All other charges,
costs and expenses which Tenant is required to pay hereunder, together with all interest and penalties, costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees and legal expenses, that may accrue thereto in the event of Tenant’s failure to pay such
amounts. And all damages, reasonable costs and expenses which Landlord may incur by reason of default of Tenant or failure on Tenant’s part to comply with the terms of this Lease. In the event of nonpayment by Tenant of Additional Rent,
Landlord shall have all the rights and remedies with respect thereto as Landlord has for nonpayment of Rent, as defined below. 
 The Additional
Rent due under Section 7 shall be paid to Landlord or Landlord’s agent in accordance with Section 7. The Additional Rent for any item payable under a provision other than Section 7 shall be paid to Landlord or Landlord’s
agent within thirty (30) days after receipt of an invoice to Tenant setting forth the Additional Rent due. If requested, Landlord shall provide reasonable supporting documentation for the Additional Rent. The respective obligations of Landlord
and Tenant under this Section shall survive the expiration or other termination of the Term of this Lease. As used herein, “Rent” shall mean Base Rent, Additional Rent, and all other monetary obligations owed by Tenant
hereunder. 
 4.5 Place of Payment of Rent. All Rent hereunder shall be paid to Landlord at the following address only:
Hacienda Pleasanton Park MD Parent, LLC, c/o Streamline, 7901 Stoneridge Drive, Suite 205, Pleasanton, CA 94588, Attn: Property Manager, or to such other person or to such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing.

 4.6 Security Deposit. Concurrently with Tenant’s execution of this Lease, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord the
sum set forth in Item 14 of the Basic Lease Terms. Said sum shall be held by Landlord as a Security Deposit for the faithful performance by Tenant of all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be kept and
performed by Tenant during the Term hereof. If Tenant defaults with respect to any provision of this Lease, including, but not limited to, the provision relating to the payment of rent and any of the monetary sums due herewith, Landlord may (but
shall not be required to) use, apply or retain all or any part of this Security Deposit for the payment of any rent or other sum in default, the repair of any damage to the Premises caused by Tenant, or the payment of any other amount which Landlord
may spend or become obligated to spend by reason of Tenant’s default or to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage which Landlord may suffer by reason of Tenant’s default to the full extent permitted by law. Tenant hereby waives
any restriction on the use or application of the Security Deposit by Landlord as set forth in California Civil Code Section 1950.7. If any portion of the 

  
 6 

 
Security Deposit is used or applied, Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after written demand therefor, deposit cash with Landlord in the amount sufficient to restore the Security Deposit to
its original amount. Tenant’s failure to do so shall be a material breach of this Lease. Landlord shall not be required to keep this Security Deposit separate from its general funds, and Tenant shall not be entitled to interest on the Security
Deposit. If Tenant fully and faithfully performs every provision of this Lease to be performed by it, the Security Deposit or any balance of it shall be returned to Tenant (or at Landlord’s option, to the last assignee of Tenant’s interest
hereunder) within thirty (30) days after the later to occur of (a) the expiration of the Lease Term and (b) the date Tenant has vacated the Premises. In the event of termination of Landlord’s interest in this Lease, Landlord
shall transfer the Security Deposit to Landlord’s successor-in-interest whereupon Tenant agrees to release Landlord from liability for the return of the Security Deposit or the accounting therefor. 

5. RULES AND REGULATIONS. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease and such rules and regulations as Landlord may from time to time
prescribe, Tenant and Tenant’s employees, invitees and customers shall, in common with other occupants of the Building, and their respective employees, invitees and customers, and others entitled to the use thereof, have the non-exclusive right
to use the access roads, parking areas, and facilities provided and designated by Landlord for the general use and convenience of the occupants of the Property, which areas and facilities and all other landscaped areas, service areas, trash disposal
facilities and similar areas and facilities within the Property are referred to herein as the “Outside Area.” This right shall terminate upon the termination of this Lease. Landlord reserves the right from time to time to
make changes in the shape, size, location, amount and extent of Outside Area. Landlord further reserves the right to promulgate such reasonable rules and regulations, and amendments thereto, relating to the use of the Outside Area, and any part or
parts thereof, as Landlord may deem appropriate for the best interests of the occupants of the Property. The use of the Building and the Outside Area shall initially be subject to the Rules and Regulations attached hereto as Exhibit D. The
Rules and Regulations shall be binding upon Tenant upon delivery of a copy of them to Tenant, and Tenant shall abide by them and cooperate in their observance. Such Rules and Regulations may be amended by Landlord from time to time, with or without
advance notice, and all amendments shall be effective upon delivery of a copy to Tenant. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the nonperformance by any other tenant or occupant of the Property of any of said Rules and Regulations. In the
event that the Rules and Regulations are changed by Landlord subsequent to the execution of this Lease and there is a conflict between this Lease and the Rules and Regulations, this Lease shall govern. 

6. PARKING. Tenant shall have the right to use with other tenants or occupants of the Building parking spaces, the number of which shall be based
on a ratio of 4 spaces per 1,000 square feet of leased Premises in the common parking areas of the Property. Any parking charges assessed or imposed by the City of Pleasanton or other governmental entity shall be billed to Tenant as an Outside Area
Expense pursuant to Section 7.5. Tenant agrees that Tenant, Tenant’s employees, agents, representatives and invitees shall not use parking spaces in excess of the spaces allocated to Tenant hereunder. Landlord shall have the right, at
Landlord’s sole discretion, to specifically designate the location of Tenant’s parking spaces within the common parking areas of the Property in the event of a dispute among the tenants occupying the Building,

  
 7 

 
in which event Tenant agrees that Tenant, Tenant’s employees, agents, representatives and/or invitees shall not use any parking spaces other than those parking spaces specifically designated
by Landlord for Tenant’s use. Said parking spaces, if specifically designated by Landlord to Tenant, may be relocated by Landlord at any time and from time to time. Landlord reserves the right, at Landlord’s sole discretion, to rescind any
specific designation of parking spaces, thereby returning Tenant’s parking spaces to the common parking area. Landlord shall give Tenant written notice of any change in Tenant’s parking spaces. Tenant shall not, at any time, park, or
permit to be parked, any trucks or vehicles adjacent to the loading areas so as to interfere in any way with the use of such areas, nor shall Tenant at any time park, or permit the parking of Tenant’s trucks or vehicles or the trucks and
vehicles of Tenant’s suppliers or others, in any portion of the Outside Area not designated by Landlord for such use by Tenant. Tenant shall not park nor permit to be parked, any inoperative vehicles or equipment on any portion of the Outside
Area. Tenant agrees to assume responsibility for compliance by its employees with the parking provisions contained herein. If Tenant or its employees park in other than such designated parking areas, then Landlord may charge Tenant, as an additional
charge, and Tenant agrees to pay, Ten and no/100ths Dollars ($10.00) per day for each day or partial day each such vehicle is parked in any area other than that designated after prior notice. Tenant hereby authorizes Landlord at Tenant’s sole
expense to tow away from the Property any vehicle belonging to Tenant or Tenant’s employees parked in violation of these provisions, or to attach violation stickers or notices to such vehicles. Tenant shall use the parking areas for vehicle
parking only, and shall not use the parking areas for storage. 
 7. OPERATING EXPENSES OF BUILDING. 

7.1 Outside Area/Common Area. The term “Outside Area” shall mean all areas and facilities within the
Property provided and designated by Landlord for the general use and convenience of Tenant and other tenants and occupants of the Property such as access roads, parking areas, sidewalks, landscaped area, service areas, trash disposal facilities, and
similar areas and facilities. The term “Common Area” shall refer to those portions of the Building designated by Landlord for the general use and convenience of all tenants of the Building, such as hallways, stairs,
elevators, entrances and exits, lobbies, restrooms, the common pipes, wires and appurtenant equipment serving the Building. 

7.2 Tenant’s Building Percentage. The term “Tenant’s Building Percentage” shall mean the
percentage of the rentable area of the Premises to the total rentable area of the Building. Tenant’s Building Percentage is agreed to the percentage set forth in Item 13 of the Basic Lease Terms for purposes of this Lease.
The total rentable area of the Building is Seventy-Three Thousand Six Hundred (73,600) square feet. 
 7.3 Payment by
Tenant. Commencing on January 1, 2010, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, Tenant’s Building Percentage of the Building Operating Expenses and Outside Area Expenses in excess of the Expense Base (defined in
Section 7.6.1). 

  
 8 

 7.4 Building Operating Expenses. The term “Building Operating
Expenses” shall mean all expenses, costs and disbursements of every kind and nature which Landlord shall pay or become obligated to pay because of or in connection with the ownership, management, maintenance, repair and operation of the
Building and the Common Area, including, but not limited to, the following: 
 7.4.1 Wages and salaries of all employees engaged
in the operation, maintenance and security of the Building and Common Area, including taxes, insurance and benefits relating thereto; and the rental cost and overhead of any office and storage space in the Park used to provide such services;

 7.4.2 Cost of all supplies, materials and labor used in the operation, repair, replacement and maintenance of the Building
and Common Area; 
 7.4.3 Cost of all utilities, including surcharges, for the Building and Common Area, including the cost of
water, sewer, gas, power, heating, lighting, air conditioning and ventilating; 
 7.4.4 Cost of all maintenance and service
agreements for the Building and Common Area and the equipment thereon, including but not limited to, security and energy management services, window cleaning, floor waxing, elevator maintenance, janitorial service, services by engineers and
gardeners, and trash removal services; 
 7.4.5 Cost of all insurance which Landlord, in its sole discretion, deems necessary or
desirable for the Building, Common Area and Landlord’s personal property used in connection therewith. Such insurance shall be for the sole benefit of Landlord and under its sole control; 

7.4.6 Cost of repairs and general maintenance of the Building and Common Area (excluding repairs and general maintenance paid for by
proceeds of insurance or by Tenant or other third parties); 
 7.4.7 A reasonable management fee for the manager of the
Property; 
 7.4.8 The cost of any additional services not provided to the Building and Common Area at the Commencement Date but
thereafter provided by Landlord in its management of the same; and 
 7.4.9 The cost of any capital improvements made to the
Building and the Common Area after the Commencement Date, such cost thereof to be amortized over the useful life of the improvement, using a market rate of interest, as Landlord shall determine consistent with applicable governmental requirements.

 The cost of additional or extraordinary services provided to Tenant at Tenant’s request and not paid or payable by
Tenant pursuant to other provisions of this Lease shall be payable by Tenant and may be included by Landlord with Tenant’s Building Percentage of Building Operating Expenses payable by Tenant on a monthly basis or may be billed to Tenant
separately, in a lump sum, as Landlord shall elect. 

  
 9 

 Building Operating Expenses shall not include: (i) the cost of any additional or extraordinary services
provided to other tenants of the Building; (ii) costs paid for directly by Tenant; (iii) principal and interest payments on loans secured by deeds of trust recorded against the Building; (iv) real estate sales or leasing brokerage
commissions; and (v) Landlord’s general corporate overhead (not including the management fee referenced in Section 7.4.7 above). The Premises and the Park are subject to: (a) that certain Consolidated Reassessment District
1993-1, as evidenced by a notice of assessment recorded on August 16, 1993 as Series No. 93-291324; (b) that certain Consolidated Reassessment District 1993-2, as evidenced by a notice of assessment recorded on August 16, 1993 as
Series No. 93-291334; and (c) that certain Consolidated Reassessment District 1993-3, as evidenced by a notice of assessment recorded on August 16, 1993 as Series No. 93-290193; (collectively the “Consolidated
Levy”). Landlord and Tenant agree that the cost for the Consolidated Levy shall be excluded from the Building Operating Expense, Outside Area Expenses and Real Property Tax calculations, and Landlord shall be solely responsible for all
payments due under the Consolidated Levy, without reimbursement from Tenant. 
 7.5 Outside Area Expenses. The term
“Outside Area Expenses” shall mean all expenses, costs and disbursements (except as provided below) of every kind and nature which Landlord shall pay or become obligated to pay because of or in connection with the ownership,
management, maintenance, repair and operation of the Property and the Outside Area including, but not limited to, the cost of any policies of insurance covering the Outside Area, the Real Property Taxes (defined in Section 12.1) for the
Property, CC&R assessments and dues and the cost of labor, materials, supplies and services used or consumed in owning, managing, maintaining, repairing and operating the Outside Area, including, without limitation, the following: 

7.5.1 Maintaining and repairing landscaping and sprinkler systems; 

7.5.2 Maintaining and repairing concrete walkways, driveways and paved parking areas; 

7.5.3 Maintaining and repairing electrical systems and signs and site lighting of the Outside Area; and 

7.5.4 Providing all utilities to the Outside Areas, and all license, permit and inspection fees in connection therewith. 

7.6 Adjustment. 
 7.6.1 Expense Base. The Base Rent referred to in Section 4.1 shall include Tenant’s Building Percentage of the actual Building Operating Expenses and the actual Outside Area Expenses for
the Base Year. “Base Year” means the calendar year set forth in Item 9 of the Basic Lease Terms. 

  
 10 

 7.6.2 Monthly Payments. Commencing on January 1, 2010, Tenant shall pay to
Landlord on the first day of each calendar month for the remainder of the Term an amount estimated by Landlord to be Tenant’s Building Percentage of both the monthly Building Operating Expenses and the actual Outside Area Expenses
(collectively, the “Expenses”) in excess of the Expenses for the Base Year. The Expenses shall be estimated in good faith by Landlord and Tenant shall be notified of Landlord’s estimate at least thirty (30) days
prior to the first day such payment is due, and thereafter at least thirty (30) days prior to the beginning of each calendar year. Such estimate may be adjusted by Landlord at the end of any calendar quarter on the basis of Landlord’s
experience and reasonably anticipated costs. Any such adjustment shall be effective as of the calendar month next succeeding receipt by Tenant of notice of such adjustment to the estimated Expenses; provided that, if such calendar month is earlier
than 30 days from the date of such notice, the adjustment shall be effective the second calendar month. 
 7.6.3
Accounting. Expenses for any period, including the Base Year, during which actual occupancy of the Building is less than 95% of the rentable area of the Building shall be appropriately adjusted, in accordance with sound accounting principles,
to reflect 100% occupancy of the existing rentable area of the Building during such period. If Tenant’s Building Percentage of Building Operating Expenses or the actual Outside Area Expenses paid or incurred by Landlord for any calendar year
exceeds the Expense Base, Tenant shall pay such excess as Additional Rent. Within one hundred twenty (120) days following the end of each calendar year, Landlord shall furnish Tenant a statement of Tenant’s Building Percentage of the
actual Building Operating Expenses and the actual Outside Area Expenses (the “Actual Expenses”) for the calendar year and the payments made by Tenant with respect to such period. If the statement furnished by Landlord shows
that the amount paid by Tenant as Expenses was less than the Actual Expenses for each category, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord the deficiency within twenty (20) days after delivery of such statement. If the statement shows that the amount
paid by Tenant as Expenses exceeded the Actual Expenses, then Landlord shall either offset the excess against the amount next thereafter to become due to Landlord, or shall refund the amount of the overpayment to Tenant, in cash, as Landlord shall
elect. All statements provided by Landlord and all determinations of costs and charges that Tenant is required to pay pursuant to this Lease shall be computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied.

 7.6.4 Proration. Tenant’s obligation to pay the Expenses shall be prorated on the basis of a three hundred
sixty-five (365) day year to account for any fractional portion of a calendar year included at the commencement or expiration of the Term of this Lease or for any fractional portion of a calendar year in which Tenant is not liable for payment
of Expenses in excess of the Expense Base. 
 7.6.5 Audit. Tenant at its expense shall have the right at all reasonable
times and upon reasonable notice to Landlord to audit Landlord’s books and records relating to Tenant’s obligations to pay Additional Rent for any year of the Term of this Lease, provided that Landlord shall not be obligated to retain its
books and records for any year for more than three (3) years. 

  
 11 

 7.6.6 Survival. Tenant’s obligations to pay for any increase above the Expenses
paid pursuant to this Section 7 shall survive any termination of this Lease. Landlord’s obligations to refund any excess amounts paid above the Actual Expenses pursuant to this Section 7 shall survive any termination of this Lease.

 8. REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE. 
 8.1 Landlord’s Obligations. 
 8.1.1 Building and Common Area.
Landlord shall maintain the Building and Common Area in good condition and repair, and shall make all repairs and replacements, including those to the structure and the basic plumbing, heating, ventilating, air conditioning and electrical systems
installed or furnished by Landlord. There shall be no liability of Landlord by reason of any injury to or interference with Tenant’s business arising from the making of any repairs, alterations or improvements in or to or maintenance of any
portion of the Building or the Common Area or in or to fixtures, appurtenances and equipment therein. The cost of such repair and maintenance shall be included in the Building Operating Expenses pursuant to Section 7. 

8.1.2 Outside Area. Landlord shall maintain the Outside Area in good condition and repair. Landlord shall at all times have
exclusive control of the Outside Area subject to Tenant’s rights under this Lease to use the Outside Area. In exercising any such rights, Landlord shall make a reasonable effort to minimize any disruption of Tenant’s business. The cost of
all such maintenance and repair shall be included in the Outside Area Expenses pursuant to Section 7. 
 8.2
Tenant’s Obligations. Tenant shall keep and maintain the Premises, including carpeting, in good and sanitary condition. Tenant agrees to provide carpet shields under all rolling chairs or to otherwise be responsible for wear and tear of the
carpet caused by such rolling chairs if such wear and tear exceeds that caused by normal foot traffic in surrounding areas. Areas of excessive wear shall be replaced at Tenant’s sole expense upon Lease termination. Tenant hereby waives all
rights under and benefits of Subsection 1 of Section 1932 and Sections 1941 and 1942 of the California Civil Code and under any similar law, statute or ordinance now or hereafter in effect. 

9. ACCEPTANCE AND SURRENDER OF PREMISES. Tenant is accepting the Premises in their “AS-IS” condition as of the Commencement Date and
acknowledges that Landlord shall have no obligation to improve, modify or alter the Premises in connection with Tenant’s occupancy thereof. By entry hereunder, Tenant accepts the Premises as being in good and sanitary order, condition and
repair, and accepts the Building and improvements included in the Premises in their present condition and without representation or warranty by Landlord as to the condition of such Building or as to the use or occupancy which may be made thereof.
Any exceptions to the foregoing must be by written agreement executed by Landlord and Tenant. Except as agreed to by Landlord in writing, Tenant agrees on the last day of the Lease term, or on the sooner termination of this Lease, to surrender the
Premises promptly and peaceably to 

  
 12 

 
Landlord in good condition and repair (damage by acts of God, fire, normal wear and tear excepted), with all interior walls cleaned, and repaired and replaced if damaged, all floors cleaned; and
all carpets cleaned and shampooed. Tenant shall surrender the Premises with all alterations, additions, and improvements which may have been made in, to or on the Premises (except movable trade fixtures installed at the expense of Tenant) except
that Tenant shall ascertain from Landlord within thirty (30) days before the end of the term of this Lease whether Landlord desires to have the Premises or any part thereof restored to their condition and configuration as when the Premises were
delivered to Tenant and if Landlord shall so desire, then Tenant shall restore the Premises or such portion thereof before the end of the term at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Any alterations or improvements made by Tenant must be removed
prior to surrender unless Tenant secures Landlord’s prior written consent to non-removal prior to making the alteration or improvement or unless Landlord subsequently informs Tenant in writing that all or any of such alterations or improvements
are to remain in the Premises. Tenant, on or before the end of the term or sooner termination of this Lease shall remove all of Tenant’s personal property and trade fixtures from the Premises, and all property not so removed on or before the
end of the term or sooner termination of this Lease, shall be deemed abandoned by Tenant and title to same shall thereupon pass to Landlord without compensation to Tenant. Landlord may, upon termination of this Lease, remove all moveable furniture
and equipment so abandoned by Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost, and repair any damage caused by such removal at Tenant’s sole cost. Tenant hereby waives any claim or right it may have against Landlord with respect to such removal, storage or
sale whether such claim is at law or equity. If the Premises are not surrendered at the end of the term or sooner termination of this Lease, Tenant shall indemnify Landlord against loss or liability resulting from the delay by Tenant in so
surrendering the Premises including, without limitation, any claims made by any succeeding tenant founded on such delay. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as an extension of the term hereof or as a consent of Landlord to any holding over
by Tenant. The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease or the Premises by Tenant or a mutual cancellation of this Lease shall not work as a merger and, at the option of Landlord, shall either terminate all or any existing subleases or
subtenancies or operate as an assignment to Landlord of all or any such subleases or subtenancies. 
 10. ALTERATIONS AND ADDITIONS.
Tenant shall not make, or suffer to be made, any alteration or addition to the Premises, or any part thereof, the cost of which exceeds Two Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($2,500) (either individually or as a series of alterations) or which affects
the structural portions of the Building, without the prior written consent of Landlord first had and obtained by Tenant, but at the cost of Tenant, and any addition to, or alteration of, the Premises, except moveable furniture and trade fixtures,
shall at once become part of the Premises and belong to Landlord. Landlord reserves the right to approve all contractors and mechanics proposed by Tenant to make such alterations and additions. Tenant shall retain title to all moveable furniture and
trade fixtures placed in the Premises. All heating, lighting, electrical, air conditioning, partitioning, drapery, carpeting, and floor installations made by Tenant, together with all property that has become an integral part of the Premises (except
for phone and data cabling and alterations or additions made without Landlord’s prior written consent which Tenant shall remove upon the expiration of the Term unless Landlord notifies Tenant in writing that such cabling is to remain in the
Premises), shall not be deemed trade fixtures. Except as provided above, Tenant agrees that it will not proceed to make any alterations 

  
 13 

 
or additions without having obtained consent from Landlord to do so, and until ten (10) days from receipt of such consent or, if consent is not required as provided above, until ten
(10) days after Tenant notifies Landlord in writing of its intent to perform such alterations or additions, in order that Landlord may post appropriate notices to avoid any liability to contractors or material suppliers for payment for
Tenant’s improvements. Tenant will at all times permit such notices to be posted and to remain posted until the completion of work. Tenant shall, if required by Landlord, secure at Tenant’s own cost and expense, a completion and lien
indemnity bond, satisfactory to Landlord, for such work. Tenant further covenants and agrees that any mechanic’s lien filed against the Premises or against the Property for work claimed to have been done for, or materials claimed to have been
furnished to Tenant, will be discharged by Tenant, by bond or otherwise, within ten (10) days after the filing thereof, at the cost and expense of Tenant. Any exceptions to the foregoing must be made in writing and executed by both Landlord and
Tenant. 
 11. UTILITIES AND SERVICES. Landlord shall furnish or caused to be furnished to the Premises the utilities and services
described in Exhibit E. Janitorial service shall be provided in accordance with the specifications attached as Exhibit F. Tenant agrees to pay the cost of any utilities that are separately metered to Tenant directly to the provider of
such utility. Landlord’s charge for after-hours usage of electricity for lighting and HVAC, as described in Exhibit E, shall be Thirty and no/100ths Dollars ($30.00) per hour. This charge shall be subject to adjustment to reflect any
increase in cost to Landlord to provide these services. Landlord shall not be liable for, and Tenant shall not be entitled to any abatement or reduction of, Rent by reason of any interruption or failure of utility services to the Building when such
interruption or failure is caused by fire, casualty, acts of God, strike, lockout, other labor troubles or inability to secure materials, governmental law or regulation or other cause of whatever kind beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, and
Tenant shall not be entitled to any damages, nor shall any such failure relieve Tenant of the obligation to pay Rent provided for herein, or constitute or be construed as a constructive or other eviction of Tenant. 

12. TAXES. 
 12.1 Real
Property Taxes. Tenant shall pay to Landlord Tenant’s proportionate share of all Real Property Taxes, as provided for in Section 7.6.1 hereof. Tenant’s proportionate share of Real Property Taxes shall be Tenant’s Building
Percentage of the Real Property Taxes levied or assessed against the Building plus Tenant’s Building Percentage of the Real Property Taxes levied or assessed against the Outside Area of the Property. The term “Real Property
Taxes,” as used herein, shall mean (i) all taxes, assessments, levies and other charges of any kind or nature whatsoever, general and special, foreseen and unforeseen (including all installments of principal and interest required
to pay any general or special assessment for public improvements and any increases resulting from reassessments caused by any change in ownership of the Property) now or hereafter imposed by any governmental or quasi-governmental authority or
special district having the direct or indirect power to tax or levy assessments, which are levied or assessed against, or with respect to the value, occupancy or use of, all or any portion of the Property (as now constructed or as may at any time
hereafter be constructed, altered, or otherwise changed) or Landlord’s interest therein; any improvements located within the Property (regardless of ownership); the fixtures, equipment and other property of Landlord, real or personal, that are
an 

  
 14 

 
integral part of and located in the Property; or parking areas or public utilities, within the Property; and (ii) all costs and fees including attorneys’ fees, incurred by Landlord in
contesting any Real Property Tax and in negotiating with public authorities as to any Real Property Tax. If at any time during the Term of this Lease the taxation or assessment of the Property prevailing as of the Commencement Date of this Lease
shall be altered so that in lieu of or in addition to any Real Property Tax described above there shall be levied, assessed or imposed (whether by reason of a change in the method of taxation or assessment, creation of a new tax or charge, or any
other cause) an alternate or additional tax or charge (i) on the value, use or occupancy of the Property or Landlord’s interest therein or (ii) on or measured by the gross receipts, income or rentals from the Property, on
Landlord’s business of leasing the Property, or computed in any manner with respect to the operation of the Property, then any such tax or charge, however designated, shall be included within the meaning of the term “Real Property
Taxes” for purposes of this Lease. If any Real Property Tax is based upon property or rents unrelated to the Property, then only that part of such Real Property Tax that is fairly allocated to the Property shall be included within the
meaning of the term “Real Property Taxes.” Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Real Property Taxes” shall not include estate, inheritance, gift or franchise taxes of Landlord or the federal or
state net income tax imposed on Landlord’s income from all sources. 
 12.2 Taxes on Tenant’s Property.

 12.2.1 Tenant shall be liable for and shall pay before delinquency, taxes levied against any personal property or trade
fixtures placed by Tenant in or about the Premises. If any such taxes on Tenant’s personal property or trade fixtures are levied against Landlord or Landlord’s property or if the assessed value of the Premises is increased by the inclusion
therein of a value placed upon such personal property or trade fixtures of Tenant and if Landlord, after notice to Tenant, pays the taxes based on such increased assessment, which Landlord shall have the right to do regardless of the validity
thereof, but only under proper protest if requested by Tenant, Tenant shall within ten (10) days of Landlord’s written notice to Tenant, as the case may be, repay to Landlord the taxes so levied against Landlord, or the proportion of such
taxes resulting from such increase in the assessment; provided that in any such event Tenant shall have the right, in the name of Landlord and with Landlord’s full cooperation, to bring suit in any court of competent jurisdiction to recover the
amount of any such taxes so paid under protest, and any amount so recovered shall belong to Tenant. 
 12.2.2 If any tenant
improvements performed in the Premises after the Lease Date, whether installed and/or paid for by Landlord or Tenant and whether or not affixed to the real property so as to become part thereof, are assessed for real property tax purposes at a
valuation higher than the valuation at which standard office improvements in other space in the Building are assessed, then the Real Property Taxes levied against Landlord or the Property by reason of such excess assessed valuation shall be deemed
to be taxes levied against personal property of Tenant and shall be governed by the provisions of 12.2.1 above. If the records of the County Assessor are available and sufficiently detailed to serve as a basis for determining whether said tenant
improvements are assessed at a higher valuation than standard office improvements in other space in the Building, such records shall be binding on both Landlord and Tenant. If the records of the County Assessor are not available or sufficiently
detailed to serve as a basis for making such determination, the actual cost of construction shall be used. 

  
 15 

 13. INSURANCE. 
 13.1 Tenant Insurance Requirements. Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, agrees to keep in force during the Term of this Lease: 
 13.1.1 All risk property insurance including theft, sprinkler leakage and boiler and machinery coverage on all of Tenant’s trade fixtures, furniture, inventory and other personal property in the
Premises, and on any alterations, additions, or improvements made by Tenant upon the Premises all for the full replacement cost thereof. Tenant shall use the proceeds from such insurance for the replacement of trade fixtures, furniture, inventory
and other personal property and for the restoration of Tenant’s improvements, alterations, and additions to the Premises. Landlord shall be named as loss payee with respect to alterations, additions, or improvements of the Premises. Landlord
reserves the right to request Tenant to have an appraisal of its trade fixtures, furniture, inventory and other personal property in the Premises done not less than once every three (3) years during the Term at Tenant’s sole cost.

 13.1.2 Business income and extra expense insurance with limits not less than one hundred percent (100%) of all charges
payable by Tenant under this lease for a period of twelve (12) months. 
 13.1.3 Workers compensation and employers
liability insurance. The employers liability insurance shall afford limits not less than $500,000 per accident, $500,000 per employee for bodily injury by disease, and $500,000 policy limit for bodily injury by disease. Such insurance shall comply
with Tenant’s obligations to its employees under the laws of the state in which the Premises are located. 
 13.1.4
Commercial general liability insurance which insures against claims for bodily injury, personal injury, advertising injury, and property damage based upon, involving, or arising out of the use, occupancy, or maintenance of the Premises and the
Property. Such insurance shall afford, at a minimum, the following limits: 
  

					
	 Each Occurrence
	  	$	1,000,000	  
	 General Aggregate
	  	 	2,000,000	  
	 Products/Completed Operations Aggregate
	  	 	1,000,000	  
	 Personal and Advertising Injury Liability
	  	 	1,000,000	  
	 Fire Damage Legal Liability
	  	 	50,000	  
	 Medical Payments
	  	 	5,000	  

 Any general aggregate limit shall apply on a per location basis. Tenant’s commercial general liability insurance
shall name Landlord, its trustees, officers, directors, agents, and employees, Landlord’s mortgagees, and Landlord’s representatives, as additional insureds. This coverage shall include blanket contractual liability, broad form property
damage liability, premises/operations and 

  
 16 

 
products/completed operations hazards, and shall contain an exception to any pollution exclusion which insures damage or injury arising out of heat, smoke, or fumes from a hostile fire. Such
insurance shall be written on an occurrence basis and contain a standard separation of insureds provision. 
 13.1.5 Business
automobile liability insurance covering owned, hired and non-owned vehicles with limits of $1,000,000 combined single limit per occurrence. 
 13.1.6 Umbrella/excess liability insurance, on an occurrence basis, that applies excess of required commercial general liability, business automobile liability, and employers liability policies with the
following minimum limits: 
  

					
	 Each Occurrence
	  	$	5,000,000	  
	 Annual Aggregate
	  	 	5,000,000	  

 These limits shall be in addition to and not including those stated for the underlying commercial general liability,
business automobile liability, and employers liability insurance required herein. Such excess liability policies shall name Landlord, its trustees, officers, directors, agents, and employees, Landlord’s mortgagees, and Landlord’s
representatives as additional insureds. 
 13.2 Tenant’s Insurer Rating; Certification of Insurance. All policies
required to be carried by Tenant hereunder shall be issued by and binding upon an insurance company licensed to do business in the state in which the Property is located with a rating of at least “A-” “X” or better as set forth
in the most current issue of Best’s Insurance reports, unless otherwise approved by Landlord. Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done that would invalidate the insurance policies required herein. Liability insurance maintained by
Tenant shall be primary coverage without right of contribution by any similar insurance that may be maintained by Landlord. Certificates of insurance, acceptable to Landlord, evidencing the existence and amount of each insurance policy required
hereunder shall be delivered to Landlord prior to delivery or possession of the Premises and ten (10) days following each renewal date. Certificates of insurance shall include an endorsement for each policy showing that Landlord, its trustees,
officers, directors, agents, and employees, Landlord’s mortgagees, and Landlord’s representatives are included as additional insureds on liability policies and that Landlord is loss payee for property insurance. Further, the certificates
must include an endorsement for each policy whereby the insurer agrees not to cancel, non-renew, or materially alter the policy without at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Landlord. 

13.2.1 In the event that Tenant fails to provide evidence of insurance required to be provided by Tenant in this Lease, prior to the
Commencement Date and thereafter during the Term, within ten (10) days following Landlord’s request thereof, and thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of any such coverage, Landlord shall be authorized (but not required) to procure
such coverage in the amount stated with all costs thereof to be chargeable to Tenant and payable upon written invoice thereof. 

  
 17 

 13.2.2 The limits of insurance required by this Lease, or as carried by Tenant, shall not
limit the liability of Tenant or relieve Tenant of any obligation thereunder, except to the extent provided for under Section 13.4 below. Any deductibles selected by Tenant shall be the sole responsibility of Tenant. 

13.2.3 Tenant insurance requirements stipulated in Section 13 are based upon current industry standards. Landlord reserves the right
to require additional coverage or to increase limits as industry standards change. 
 13.2.4 Should Tenant engage the services
of any contractor to perform work in the Premises, Tenant shall ensure that such contractor carries commercial general liability (including completed operations coverage for a period of three (3) years following completion of the work),
business automobile liability, umbrella/excess liability, worker’s compensation and employers liability coverages in substantially the same amounts as are required of Tenant under this Lease. Contractor shall name Landlord, its trustees,
officers, directors, agents and employees, Landlord’s mortgagees and Landlord’s representatives as additional insureds on the liability policies required hereunder. 
 All policies required to be carried by any contractor shall be issued by and binding upon an insurance company licensed to do business in the state in which the Property is located with a rating of at
least “A—X” or better as set forth in the most current issue of Best’s Insurance Reports, unless otherwise approved by Landlord. Certificates of insurance, acceptable to Landlord, evidencing the existence and amount of each
insurance policy required hereunder shall be delivered to Landlord prior to the commencement of any work in the Premises. Further, the certificates must include an endorsement for each policy whereby the insurer agrees not to cancel, non-renew, or
materially alter the policy without at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Landlord. 
 13.3 Landlord
Insurance. Landlord shall procure and maintain the following: 
 13.3.1 All risk property insurance on the Property. Landlord
shall not be obligated to insure any furniture, equipment, trade fixtures, machinery, goods, or supplies which Tenant may keep or maintain in the Premises or any alteration, addition, or improvement which Tenant may make upon the Premises. In
addition, Landlord may elect to secure and maintain rental income insurance. Landlord may elect to self-insure for the coverage required under this section. If the annual cost to Landlord for such property or rental income insurance exceeds the
standard rates because of the nature of Tenant’s operations, Tenant shall, upon receipt of appropriate invoices, reimburse Landlord for such increased cost. 
 13.3.2 Commercial general liability insurance, which shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, insurance required to be maintained by Tenant. Landlord may elect to self-insure for this coverage. Tenant
shall not be named as an additional insured on any policy of liability insurance maintained by Landlord. 

  
 18 

 13.4 Waiver of Subrogation. Landlord waives any and all rights of recovery against
Tenant for or arising out of damage to, or destruction of the Premises to the extent that Landlord’s property insurance policies then in force insure against such damage or destruction and permit such waiver and only to the extent of insurance
proceeds actually received by Landlord for such damage or destruction. Tenant waives any and all rights of recovery against Landlord for or arising out of damage to or destruction of any property of Tenant to the extent that Tenant’s property
insurance policies then in force or the policies required by this Lease, whichever is broader, insure against such damage or destruction. 

14. INDEMNIFICATION. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant and Tenant hereby waives all claims against Landlord for any injury to or death of any
person or damage to or destruction of property in or about the Premises or the Property by or from any cause whatsoever, including, without limitation, gas, fire, oil, electricity or leakage of any character from the roof, walls, basement or other
portion of the Premises or the Property, but excluding, however, the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents, servants, employees, invitees, or contractors of which gross negligence Landlord has knowledge and reasonable time
to correct. Except as to injury to persons or damage to property the principal cause of which is the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all expenses,
including reasonable attorneys’ fees, in connection therewith, arising out of any injury to or death of any person or damage to or destruction of property occurring in, on or about the Premises, or any part thereof, from any cause whatsoever.

 15. COMPLIANCE. 
 15.1 Compliance with Laws. Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall promptly comply with all laws, statutes, ordinances and governmental rules, regulations or requirements now or hereafter in
effect; with the requirements of any board of fire underwriters or other similar body now or hereafter constituted; and with any direction or occupancy certificate issued pursuant to law by any public officer; provided, however, that no such failure
shall be deemed a breach of this provision if Tenant, immediately upon notification, commences to remedy or rectify said failure. The judgment of any court of competent jurisdiction or the admission of Tenant in any action against Tenant, whether
Landlord be a party thereto or not, that Tenant has violated any such law, statute, ordinance or governmental rule, regulation, requirement, direction or provision, shall be conclusive of that fact as between Landlord and Tenant. This Section shall
not be interpreted as requiring Tenant to make structural changes or improvements except to the extent such structural changes or improvements are required as a result of Tenant’s use of the Premises. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense,
comply with any and all requirements pertaining to Tenant’s use of the Premises, of any insurance organization or company, necessary for the maintenance of reasonable fire and public liability insurance covering the Premises. 

  
 19 

 15.2 Americans With Disabilities Act. 

15.2.1 Except as provided below, and notwithstanding anything elsewhere in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord shall be responsible and
pay for any alterations, modifications, additions or improvements to the Premises (as designed and configured as of the date of this Lease) and all Common Areas which may be required by (a) Title III of the Americans with Disabilities Act of
1990, 42 U.S.C. 12101, et seq. (as it may be amended from time to time, the “Act”), (b) the Department of Justice regulations promulgated thereunder, as they may be amended from time to time, (c) any similar federal,
state or local laws or regulations imposing accessibility standards, and (d) governmental orders pursuant to the foregoing laws (all of such laws, regulations and orders collectively, “Accessibility Laws”). 

15.2.2 From and after the execution date of this Lease, Tenant covenants and agrees to conduct its operations, at Tenant’s sole cost
and expense, in compliance with the Act. 
 15.2.3 In the event Tenant undertakes any alterations or improvements to, for or
within the Premises, or if such alteration or improvements are necessitated by Tenant’s particular employee(s) or change of use of the Premises to a public accommodation, then Tenant agrees to cause such alterations to be performed, at
Tenant’s sole cost and expense, in compliance with the Act. Additionally, if Landlord reasonably determines, after consultation and discussion with Tenant, that the Common Areas of the Building must be altered under the Act because of
Tenant’s change of use of the Premises, all such alterations shall be made in compliance with the Act at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. 
 15.2.4 Tenant hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Landlord and Landlord’s officers, directors, shareholders and employees (and, if requested by Landlord, to defend Landlord or such other
indemnified parties by employment of legal counsel acceptable to Landlord) from and against any and all claims, demands, causes of action, costs, expenses (including attorneys’ fees and litigation costs), damages, fines, penalties and
liabilities of whatsoever kind and nature which are asserted against or incurred by Landlord or other indemnified parties hereunder, which are based upon or arise out of or relate to a breach of Tenant covenants in this Section 15. 

16. LIENS. Tenant shall keep the Premises and the Property free from any liens, arising out of any work performed, materials furnished or
obligation incurred by Tenant. In the event that Tenant shall not, within ten (10) business days following the imposition of such lien, cause the same to be released of record, Landlord shall have, in addition to all other remedies provided
herein and by law, the right, but no obligation, to cause the same to be released by such means as it shall deem proper, including payment of the claim giving rise to such lien. All sums paid by Landlord for such purpose, and all expenses incurred
by it in connection therewith, shall be payable to Landlord by Tenant within seven (7) days of Landlord’s written notice to Tenant, with interest at the prime rate of interest as quoted by the Bank of America. 

17. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING. Tenant shall not assign, transfer, or hypothecate the leasehold estate under this Lease, or any interest therein,
and shall not sublet the Premises, or any part thereof, or any right or privilege appurtenant thereto, or suffer any other person or entity to occupy or use the Premises, or any portion thereof, without, in each case, the prior written consent of
Landlord which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided, however, that Landlord’s consent shall not be required for any assignment or sublease to a subsidiary or 

  
 20 

 
affiliate of Tenant or to any entity resulting from the merger or consolidation of Tenant with another entity so long as Tenant gives Landlord prior written notice of any such assignment or
sublease and, in the event of an assignment (i) the assignee has a net worth, at the time of such assignment, that is equal to or greater than the net worth of Tenant immediately prior to such assignment, and (ii) the assignee assumes, in
writing, for the benefit of Landlord all of Tenant’s obligations under the Lease. As a condition for granting its consent to any assignment, transfer, or subletting, Landlord may require Tenant to pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, all rents
or additional consideration received by Tenant from its assignees, transferees or subtenants in excess of the rent payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder. Additionally, in the event of any default hereunder by Tenant, Landlord may require any
subtenant or assignee to pay directly to Landlord on a monthly basis the rent and any other sums due to Tenant by such assignee or subtenant. Tenant shall, by forty-five (45) days’ prior notice, advise Landlord of its intent to assign this
Lease or to sublet the Premises or any portion thereof for any part of the Term hereof. Within fifteen (15) business days after receipt of Tenant’s notice, Landlord may, in its sole discretion, elect to terminate this Lease as to the
portion of the Premises described in Tenant’s notice on the date specified in Tenant’s notice by giving written notice of such election to terminate. If no such notice to terminate is given to Tenant within such fifteen (15) business
day period, Tenant may proceed to locate an acceptable subtenant, assignee or other transferee for presentment to Landlord for Landlord’s approval, all in accordance with the terms, covenants and conditions of this Section 17. If Tenant
intends to sublet the entire Premises and Landlord elects to terminate this Lease, this Lease shall be terminated on the date specified in Tenant’s notice. If, however, this Lease shall terminate pursuant to the foregoing with respect to less
than all the Premises, the Base Rent shall be adjusted on a pro rata basis to the area of the Premises retained by Tenant, and this Lease as so amended shall continue in full force and effect. In the event Tenant is allowed to assign, transfer or
sublet the whole or any part of the Premises, with the prior written consent of Landlord, no assignee, transferee or subtenant shall assign or transfer this Lease, or either in whole or in part sublet the Premises, without also having obtained the
prior written consent of Landlord. A consent of Landlord to one assignment, transfer, hypothecation, subletting, occupation or use by any other person shall not release Tenant from any of Tenant’s obligations hereunder or be deemed to be a
consent to subsequent similar or dissimilar assignment, transfer, hypothecation, subletting, occupation or use by any other person. Any such assignment, transfer, hypothecation, subletting, occupation or use without such consent shall be void and
shall constitute a breach of this Lease by Tenant and shall, at the option of Landlord exercised by written notice to Tenant, terminate this Lease. The leasehold estate under this Lease shall not, nor shall any interest therein, be assignable for
any purpose by operation of law without the written consent of Landlord. As a condition to its consent, Landlord will require Tenant to pay all reasonable expenses (including without limitation, reasonable attorney and administrative fees) in
connection with the assignment, and Landlord may require Tenant’s assignee or transferee (or other assignees or transferees) to assume in writing all of the obligations under this Lease. 
 18. SUBORDINATION, MORTGAGES AND QUIET ENJOYMENT. If Landlord’s title or leasehold interest is now or hereafter encumbered by a deed of trust, upon the interest of Landlord in the Property, to
secure a loan from a lender (hereinafter referred to as “Lender”) to Landlord, Tenant shall, at the request of Landlord or Lender, execute in writing and deliver an 

  
 21 

 
agreement subordinating its rights under this Lease to the lien of such deed of trust, or, if so requested, agree that the lien of Lender’s deed of trust shall be or remain subject and
subordinate to the rights of Tenant under this Lease, provided that such agreement provides that Tenant’s tenancy shall not be disturbed so long as Tenant is not in default under this Lease. Notwithstanding any such subordination, Tenant’s
possession under this Lease shall not be disturbed if Tenant is not in default and so long as Tenant shall pay all Rent and observe and perform all of the provisions set forth in this Lease. 
 19. ENTRY BY LANDLORD. Landlord reserves, and shall at all reasonable times have the right to enter the Premises to inspect them; to perform any services provided by Landlord hereunder; to submit
the Premises to prospective purchasers, mortgagees or tenants; to post notices of nonresponsibility; and to alter, improve or repair the Premises and any portion of the Building, all without abatement of Rent. Landlord may erect scaffolding and
other necessary structures in or through the Premises when reasonably required by the character of the work to be performed; provided, however, that the business of Tenant shall be interfered with to the least extent that is reasonably practical.
For each of the foregoing purposes, Landlord shall at all times have and retain a key with which to unlock all of the doors in an emergency in order to obtain entry to the Premises. and any entry to the Premises obtained by Landlord by any of said
means, or otherwise, shall not under any circumstances be construed or deemed to be forcible or unlawful entry into or a detainer of the Premises or an eviction, actual or constructive, of Tenant from the Premises or any portion thereof. 

20. BANKRUPTCY, DEFAULT AND REMEDIES. 
 20.1 Bankruptcy. The commencement of a bankruptcy action or liquidation action or reorganization action or insolvency action or an assignment of or by Tenant for the benefit of creditors, or any
similar action undertaken by Tenant, or the insolvency of Tenant, shall, at Landlord’s option, constitute a breach of this Lease by Tenant. If the trustee or receiver appointed to serve during a bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization,
insolvency or similar action elects to reject Tenant’s unexpired Lease, the trustee or receiver shall notify Landlord in writing of its election within thirty (30) days after an order for relief in a liquidation action or within thirty
(30) days after the commencement of any action. 
 Within thirty (30) days after court approval of the assumption of
this Lease, the trustee or receiver shall cure (or provide adequate assurance to the reasonable satisfaction of Landlord that the trustee or receiver shall cure) any and all previous defaults under the unexpired Lease and shall compensate Landlord
for all actual pecuniary loss and shall provide adequate assurance of future performance under the Lease to the reasonable satisfaction of Landlord. Adequate assurance of future performance, as used herein, includes, but shall not be limited to:
(i) assurance of source and payment of Rent, and other consideration due under this Lease; (ii) assurance that the assumption or assignment of this Lease will not breach substantially any provision, such as radius, location, use, or
exclusivity provision, in any agreement relating to the Premises. 

  
 22 

 Nothing contained in this section shall affect the existing right of Landlord to refuse to
accept an assignment upon commencement of or in connection with a bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization or insolvency action or an assignment of Tenant for the benefit of creditors or other similar act. Nothing contained in this Lease shall be
construed as giving or granting or creating an equity in the demised Premises to Tenant. In no event shall the leasehold estate under this Lease, or any interest therein, be assigned by voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy proceeding without the
prior written consent of Landlord. In no event shall this Lease or any rights or privileges hereunder be an asset of Tenant under any bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization proceedings. 

20.2 Default. The following shall constitute an “Event of Default:” 

20.2.1 Tenant fails to pay, when due, Base Rent, Additional Rent, or any other payment or share that Tenant is required to pay
under the terms of this Lease; 
 20.2.2 Tenant vacates or abandons the Premises; 

20.2.3 This Lease or the Premises or any part of the Premises are taken upon execution or by other process of law directed against
Tenant, or are taken upon or subject to any attachment at the instance of any creditor or claimant against Tenant, and the attachment is not discharged or disposed of within fifteen (15) days after its levy; 

20.2.4 Tenant or any guarantor of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease files a petition in bankruptcy or insolvency or for
reorganization or arrangement under the bankruptcy laws of the United States or under any insolvency act of any state, or admits the material allegations of any such petition by answer or otherwise, or is dissolved or makes an assignment for the
benefit of creditors; 
 20.2.5 Involuntary proceedings under any such bankruptcy law or insolvency act or for the
dissolution of Tenant are instituted against Tenant, or a receiver or trustee is appointed for all or substantially all of the property of Tenant or any guarantor of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, and such proceeding is not dismissed or
such receivership or trusteeship vacated within sixty (60) days after such institution or appointment; 
 20.2.6
Tenant fails to take possession of the Premises on the Commencement Date of the Term; 
 20.2.7 Tenant attempts to
assign, pledge, mortgage, transfer, or sublet Tenant’s interest under this Lease without Landlord’s prior written consent; or 
 20.2.8 Tenant breaches any agreements, terms, covenants, or conditions which this Lease requires Tenant to perform other than those set forth in subsections 20.2.1 through 20.2.7 above and such
breach continues for a period of ten (10) days after notice from Landlord to Tenant; or if such breach cannot be cured reasonably within such ten (10) day period and 

  
 23 

 
Tenant fails to commence and proceed diligently to cure such breach within a reasonable time period such reasonable time period not to exceed sixty (60) days: 

If Landlord shall give two or more notices of default under this Section 20.2.8 for the same or any similar breach by Tenant within any twelve
(12) month period under this Lease, then Landlord shall not be required to give any further notice under this Section 20.2.8 prior to exercising any right or remedy based upon the same or any similar breach occurring within one year after
the date Landlord last gave notice to Tenant of any such breach. Any notice given pursuant to this Section 20.2 shall be in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice required under Section 1161 of the California Code of Civil Procedure
regarding unlawful detainer actions. 
 20.2.9 If Tenant threatens or unreasonably annoys, disturbs or interferes with
Landlord or another tenant of the Building. 
 20.3 Remedies. Upon an Event of Default of this Lease by Tenant, Landlord
shall have the following rights and remedies in addition to any other rights or remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity: 
 20.3.1 The rights and remedies provided for by California Civil Code Section 1951.2, including but not limited to, recovery of the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid
rent for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of rental loss for the same period that Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided, as computed pursuant to subsection (b) of said Section 1951.2. Any proof by
Tenant under subsection (2) and (3) of Section 1951.2 of the California Civil Code of the amount of rental loss that could be reasonably avoided shall be made in the following manner: Landlord and Tenant shall each select a licensed
real estate broker in the business of renting property of the same type and use as the Premises and in the same geographic vicinity. Such two real estate brokers shall select a third licensed real estate broker, and the three licensed real estate
brokers so selected shall determine the amount of the rental loss that could be reasonably avoided from the balance of the Term of this Lease after the time of award. The decision of the majority of said licensed real estate brokers shall be final
and binding upon the parties hereto. 
 20.3.2 The rights and remedies provided by California Civil Code
Section 1951.4 which allows Landlord to continue the Lease in effect and to enforce all of its rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover rent as it becomes due, for so long as Landlord does not terminate Tenant’s
right to possession; acts of maintenance or preservation, efforts to relet the Premises, or the appointment of a receiver upon Landlord’s initiative to protect its interest under this Lease shall not constitute a termination of Tenant’s
right to possession. 
 20.3.3 The right to notify Tenant, in writing, that this Lease shall terminate as of the earliest
day which the law permits or on any later date specified in such notice. Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises shall cease as of the date set forth in Landlord’s notice of termination. Neither the passage of time after the
occurrence of an Event of Default nor Landlord’s exercise of any other remedy with regard to such Event of Default shall limit Landlord’s rights under this Section 20.3.3 and no notice from Landlord under this Article 20 or

  
 24 

 
under a forcible or unlawful entry and detainer statute or similar law will constitute an election by Landlord to terminate this Lease unless such notice specifically so states. Landlord reserves
the right following any re-entry to or reletting of the Premises to exercise its right to terminate this Lease by giving Tenant such written notice, in which event this Lease will terminate as specified in such notice. 

20.3.4 The right and power, as attorney-in-fact for Tenant, to enter the Premises and remove therefrom all persons and property,
to store such property in a public warehouse or elsewhere at the cost of and for the account of Tenant, and to sell such property and apply such proceeds therefrom pursuant to applicable California law. Landlord, as attorney-in-fact for Tenant, may
from time to time sublet the Premises or any part thereof for such Term or terms (which may extend beyond the Term of this Lease) and at such rent and such other terms as Landlord in its sole discretion may deem advisable, with the right to make
alterations and repairs to the Premises. Upon each subletting, (a) Tenant shall be immediately liable to pay Landlord, in addition to indebtedness other than rent due hereunder, the cost of such subletting, including, but not limited to,
reasonable attorneys’ fees, and any real estate commissions actually paid, and the cost of such alterations and repairs incurred by Landlord and the amount, if any, by which the rent hereunder for the period of such subletting (to the extent
such period does not exceed the Term hereof) exceeds the amount to be paid as rent for the Premises for such period, or (b) at the option of Landlord, rents received from such subletting shall be applied first to payment of indebtedness other
than rent due hereunder from Tenant to Landlord; second, to the payment of any costs of such subletting and of such alterations and repairs; third, to payment of rent due and unpaid hereunder; and the residue, if any, shall be held by Landlord and
applied in payment of future rent as the same becomes due hereunder. If Tenant has been credited with any rent to be received by such subletting under option (a) and such rent shall not be promptly paid to Landlord by the subtenant(s), or if
such rentals received from such subletting under option (b) during any month be less than that to be paid during that month by Tenant hereunder, Tenant shall pay any such deficiency to Landlord. Such deficiency shall be calculated and paid
monthly. For all purposes set forth in this Section 20.3.4, Landlord is hereby irrevocably appointed attorney-in-fact for Tenant, with power of substitution. No taking possession of the Premises by Landlord, as attorney-in-fact for Tenant,
shall be construed as an election on its part to terminate this Lease unless a notice of such intention be given to Tenant. Notwithstanding any such subletting without termination, Landlord may at any time hereafter elect to terminate this Lease for
such previous breach. 
 21. ABANDONMENT. Tenant shall not vacate or abandon the Premises at any time during the Term of this Lease; and
if Tenant shall abandon, vacate or surrender the Premises, or be dispossessed by the process of law, or otherwise, any personal property belonging to Tenant and left on the Premises shall be deemed to be abandoned, at the option of Landlord, except
such property as may be mortgaged to Landlord. 
 22. DESTRUCTION. In the event the Premises are destroyed in whole or in part from any
cause, except for routine maintenance and repairs and incidental damage and destruction caused from vandalism and accidents for which Tenant is responsible under Section 10, Landlord may, at its option: (a) rebuild or restore the Premises
to their condition prior to the damage or destruction; or (b) terminate this Lease. 

  
 25 

 22.1 If Landlord does not give Tenant notice in writing within thirty (30) days
from the destruction of the Premises of its election to either rebuild and restore the Premises, or to terminate this Lease, Landlord shall be deemed to have elected to rebuild or restore the Premises, in which event Landlord agrees, at its expense,
promptly to rebuild or restore the Premises to their condition prior to the damage or destruction. Tenant shall be entitled to a reduction in Rent while such repair is being made in the proportion that the area of the Premises rendered untenantable
by such damage bears to the total area of the Premises. If Landlord does not complete the rebuilding or restoration within one hundred eighty (180) days following the date of destruction (such period to be extended for delays caused by the
fault or neglect of Tenant or because of acts of God, acts of public agencies, labor disputes, strikes, fires, freight embargoes, rainy or stormy weather, inability to obtain materials, supplies or fuels, acts of contractors or subcontractors, or
delay of the contractors or subcontractors due to such causes or other contingencies beyond the control of Landlord), then Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord within ten (10) days after the
expiration of such one hundred eighty (180) day period. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Landlord’s obligation to rebuild or restore shall be limited to the Building and interior improvements constructed by Landlord as they
existed as of the Commencement Date and shall not include restoration of Tenant’s trade fixtures, equipment, merchandise, or any improvements, alterations or additions made by Tenant to the Premises, which Tenant shall replace or fully repair
at Tenant’s sole cost and expense provided this Lease is not terminated according to the provisions above. 
 22.2
Unless this Lease is terminated pursuant to the foregoing provisions, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect. Tenant hereby expressly waives the provisions of Section 1932, Subdivision 2 and of Section 1933, Subdivision 4 of the
California Civil Code. 
 22.3 If the Building is damaged or destroyed to the extent of not less than thirty-three
percent (33%) of the replacement cost thereof, Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease, whether the Premises be injured or not. If the destruction of the Premises is caused by Tenant, Tenant shall pay the deductible portion of
Landlord’s insurance proceeds. 
 23. EMINENT DOMAIN. If all or any part of the Premises is taken by any public or quasi-public
authority under the power of eminent domain or conveyance in lieu thereof, this Lease shall terminate as to any portion of the Premises so taken or conveyed on the date title vests in the condemnor. Landlord shall be entitled to any and all payment,
income, rent, award, or any interest therein whatsoever which may be paid or made in connection with such taking or conveyance, and Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord or otherwise for the value of any unexpired Term of this Lease.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, any compensation specifically awarded to Tenant for loss of business, Tenant’s personal property, moving cost or loss of goodwill, shall be and remain the property of Tenant. 

  
 26 

 23.1 If (i) any action or proceeding is commenced for such taking of the
Premises or any part thereof, or (ii) any of the foregoing events occur with respect to the taking of any space in the Building not leased hereby, or if any such spaces so taken or conveyed in lieu of such taking and Landlord shall decide to
discontinue the use and operation of the Building, or decide to demolish, alter or rebuild the Building, then, in any of such events Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease by giving Tenant written notice thereof within sixty
(60) days of the date of receipt of such written advice, or commencement of such action or proceeding, or taking conveyance, which termination shall take place as of the first to occur of the last day of the calendar month next following the
month in which such notice is given or the date on which title to the Premises shall vest in the condemnor. 
 23.2 In
the event of such a partial taking or conveyance of the Premises, if the portion of the Premises so taken or conveyed is so substantial that Tenant can no longer reasonably conduct its business, Tenant shall have the privilege of terminating this
Lease within sixty (60) days from the date of such taking or conveyance, upon written notice to Landlord of its intention to do so, and upon giving of such notice this Lease shall terminate on the last day of the calendar month next following
the month in which such notice is given, upon payment by Tenant of the Rent from the date of such taking or conveyance to the date of termination. 
 23.3 If a portion of the Premises is taken by condemnation or conveyance in lieu thereof and neither Landlord nor Tenant shall terminate this Lease as provided herein, this Lease shall continue in
full force and effect as to the part of the Premises not taken or conveyed, and the Rent shall be apportioned as of the date of such taking or conveyance so that thereafter the Rent to be paid by Tenant shall be in the ratio that the area of the
Premises not taken or conveyed bears to the total area of the Premises prior to such taking or conveyance. 
 24. SALE OR CONVEYANCE BY
LANDLORD. In the event of a sale or conveyance of the Property or any interest therein, by any owner of the reversion then constituting Landlord, the transferor shall thereby be released from any further liability upon any of the terms,
covenants or conditions (express or implied) herein contained in favor of Tenant, and in such event, insofar as such transfer is concerned. Tenant agrees to look solely to the successor in interest of such transferor in and to the Property and this
Lease. This Lease shall not be affected by any such sale or conveyance, and Tenant agrees to attorn to the successor in interest of such transferor. 
 25. ATTORNMENT TO LENDER OR THIRD PARTY. In the event the interest of Landlord in the Property (whether such interest of Landlord is a fee title interest or a leasehold interest) is encumbered by
deed of trust, and such interest is acquired by the lender or any third party through judicial foreclosure or by exercise of a power of sale at private trustee’s foreclosure sale, Tenant hereby agrees to attorn to the purchaser at any such
foreclosure sale and to recognize such purchaser as the Landlord under this Lease. In the event the lien of the deed of trust securing the loan from a lender to Landlord is prior and paramount to the Lease, this Lease shall nonetheless continue in
full force and effect for the remainder of the unexpired Term hereof, at the same rental herein reserved and upon all the other terms, conditions and covenants herein contained. 

  
 27 

 26. HOLDING OVER. Any holding over by Tenant after expiration or other termination of the Term of
this Lease with the written consent of Landlord delivered to Tenant shall not constitute a renewal or extension of this Lease or give Tenant any rights in or to the leased Premises except as expressly provided in this Lease. Any holding over after
the expiration or other termination of the Term of this Lease, with or without the consent of Landlord, shall be construed to be a tenancy from month to month, on the same terms and conditions herein specified insofar as applicable except that the
monthly Base Rent shall be increased to an amount equal to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the monthly Base Rent required during the last month of the Term. 
 27. CERTIFICATE OF ESTOPPEL. Tenant shall at any time upon not less than ten (10) days prior notice from Landlord execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord a statement in writing in such
form as requested by Landlord, or Landlord’s lender (i) certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if modified, stating the nature of such modification and certifying that this Lease, as so modified, is in
full force and effect) and the date to which the Rent and other charges are paid in advance, if any, and (ii) acknowledging that there are not, to Tenant’s knowledge, any uncured defaults on the part of Landlord hereunder, or specifying
such defaults, if any are claimed. Any such statement may be conclusively relied upon by any prospective purchaser or encumbrancer of the Premises. Tenant’s failure to deliver such statement within such time shall be conclusive upon Tenant that
this Lease is in full force and effect, without modification except as may be represented by Landlord; that there are no uncured defaults in Landlord’s performance, and that not more than one month’s Rent has been paid in advance.

 28. CONSTRUCTION CHANGES. It is understood that the description of the Premises and the location of the ductwork, plumbing and other
facilities therein are subject to such minor changes as Landlord or Landlord’s architect determines to be desirable in the course of construction of the Premises, and no such changes, or any changes in plans for any other portions of the
Property shall affect this Lease or entitle Tenant to any reduction of rent hereunder or result in any liability of Landlord to Tenant. Landlord does not guaranty the accuracy of any drawings supplied to Tenant and verification of the accuracy of
such drawings rests with Tenant. 
 29. RIGHT OF LANDLORD TO PERFORM. All terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be performed
or observed by Tenant shall be performed or observed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and without any reduction or abatement of Rent. If Tenant shall fail to pay any sum of money, or other rent, required to be paid by Tenant
hereunder or shall fail to perform any other term or covenant hereunder on its part to be performed, Landlord, without waiving or releasing Tenant from any obligation of Tenant hereunder, may, but shall not be obligated to, make any such payment or
perform any such other term or covenant on Tenant’s part to be performed. All sums so paid by Landlord and all necessary costs of such performance by Landlord together with interest thereon at the rate of the prime rate of interest per annum as
quoted by the Bank of America from the date of such payment or performance by Landlord, shall be paid (and Tenant covenants to make such payment) to Landlord on demand by Landlord, and Landlord shall have (in addition to any other right or remedy of
Landlord) all the rights and remedies in the event of nonpayment by Tenant as in the case of failure by Tenant in the payment of rent hereunder. 

  
 28 

 30. ATTORNEYS’ FEES. In the event of any legal action or proceeding to enforce or interpret any
provision of this Lease or to protect or establish any right or remedy of any party, the unsuccessful party to such action or proceeding, whether settled or prosecuted to final judgment, shall pay to the prevailing party as finally determined, all
costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees and costs (including attorneys’ fees on appeal, and costs and expenses incurred in out-of-court negotiations, workouts and/or settlements or in seeking relief from stay or otherwise seeking to
protect its rights in any bankruptcy proceeding) incurred by such prevailing party in such action or proceeding, in enforcing such judgment, and in connection with any appeal from such judgment. Attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in enforcing
any judgment or in connection with any appeal shall be recoverable separately from and in addition to any other amount included in such judgment. This Section 30 is intended to be severable from the other provisions of this Lease, and the
prevailing party’s rights under this Section 30 shall not merge into any judgment and any judgment shall survive until all such fees and costs have been paid. 
 31. WAIVER. The waiver by either party of the other party’s failure to perform or observe any term, covenant or condition herein contained to be performed or observed by such waiving party
shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such term, covenant or condition or of any subsequent failure of the party failing to perform or observe the same or any other such term, covenant or condition therein contained, and no custom or practice which
may develop between the parties hereto during the Term hereof shall be deemed a waiver of, or in any way affect, the right of either party to insist upon performance and observance by the other party in strict accordance with the terms hereof.

 32. NOTICES. All notices, demands, requests, advices or designations which may be or are required to be given by either party to the
other hereunder shall be in writing. All notices demands, requests, advices or designations by Landlord to Tenant shall be sufficiently given, made or delivered if personally served on Tenant by leaving the same at the Premises, or if sent by United
States certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, addressed to Tenant at the address set forth in Item 3 of the Basic Lease Terms. All notices, demands, requests, advices or designations by Tenant to Landlord shall be sent by
United States certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, or any other nationally recognized reputable delivery service, or by fax with electronic or telephonic confirmation addressed to Landlord c/o Streamline, 7901 Stoneridge Drive, Suite 205,
Pleasanton, CA 94588, Attn: Property Manager. Each notice, request, demand, advice or designation referred to in this Section shall be deemed received on the date of receipt, or date of the personal service or two days after date of mailing thereof
if mailed in the manner herein provided, as the case may be. 
 33. EXAMINATION OF LEASE. Submission of this instrument for examination
or signature by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of or option for a lease, and this instrument is not effective as a lease or otherwise until its execution and delivery by both Landlord and Tenant. 

  
 29 

 34. DEFAULT BY LANDLORD. Landlord shall not be in default unless Landlord fails to perform
obligations required of Landlord within a reasonable time, but in no event earlier than thirty (30) days after written notice by Tenant to Landlord and the holder of any first mortgage or deed of trust covering the Premises whose name and
address shall have heretofore been furnished to Tenant in writing, specifying wherein Landlord has failed to perform such obligations; provided, however, that if the nature of Landlord’s obligations is such that more than thirty (30) days
are required for performance, then Landlord shall not be in default if Landlord commences performing within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes the same to completion. 

35. CORPORATE AUTHORITY. If Tenant is a corporation (or a partnership), Tenant represents that each individual executing this Lease on behalf of
said corporation (or partnership) is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on behalf of said corporation (or partnership) in accordance with the by-laws of such corporation (or partnership in accordance with the partnership agreement)
and that this Lease is binding upon said corporation (or partnership) in accordance with its terms. Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days after execution of this Lease, deliver to Landlord either a certified copy of the resolution of the Board
of Directors of said corporation authorizing or ratifying the execution of this Lease or a certificate of its corporate secretary regarding the incumbency and authority of the individual executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant. 

36. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY. In consideration of the benefits accruing hereunder, Tenant and all successors and assigns covenant and agree that,
in the event of any actual or alleged failure, breach or default hereunder by Landlord: 
 36.1 the sole and exclusive
remedy shall be against the Building; 
 36.2 no partner, shareholder, director, or officer of Landlord shall be sued or
named as party in any suit or action (except as may be necessary to secure jurisdiction of Landlord); 
 36.3 no service
of process shall be made against any partner, shareholder, director, or officer of Landlord (except as may be necessary to secure jurisdiction of Landlord); 
 36.4 no partner, shareholder, director, or officer of Landlord shall be required to answer or otherwise plead to any service of process; 

36.5 no judgment will be taken against any partner, director, or officer of Landlord; 

36.6 any judgment taken against any partner, shareholder, director, or officer of Landlord may be vacated and set aside at any
time without hearing; 
 36.7 no writ of execution will ever be levied against the assets of any partner, director, or
officer of Landlord; 
 36.8 these covenants and agreements are enforceable both by Landlord and also by any partner,
shareholder, director, or officer of Landlord. 

  
 30 

 Tenant agrees that each of the foregoing covenants and agreements shall be applicable to any covenant or
agreement either expressly contained in this Lease or imposed by statute or at common law. 
 37. BROKERS. Tenant warrants that the
Brokers set forth in Item 15 of the Basic Lease Terms are the only real estate brokers or agents with whom it dealt in connection with the negotiation of this Lease and that Tenant knows of no other real estate broker or agent who
is entitled to a commission in connection with this Lease. Landlord warrants that the Brokers set forth in Item 15 of the Basic Lease Terms are the only real estate brokers or agents with whom it dealt in connection with the
negotiation of this Lease and that Landlord knows of no other real estate broker or agent who is entitled to a commission in connection with this Lease, and to the extent Tenant and Landlord has breached this representation/warranty, the breaching
party agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the non-breaching party from the claim or claims of any other broker or brokers claiming to have interested Tenant in the Building or Premises or claiming to have Tenant to enter this Lease. 

38. SIGNS. No sign, placard, picture, advertisement, name or notice shall be inscribed, displayed or printed or affixed on or to any part of the
outside of the Premises or to any exterior windows of the Premises without the written consent of Landlord first had and obtained and Landlord shall have the right to remove any such sign, placard, picture, advertisement, name or notice without
notice to and at the expense of Tenant. If Tenant is allowed to print or affix or in any way place a sign in, on, or about the Premises, upon expiration or other sooner termination of this Lease, Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall
both remove such sign and repair all damage in such manner as to restore all aspects of the appearance of the Premises to the condition prior to the placement of said sign. Landlord shall provide, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense,
Building-standard signage on or about the exterior door of the Premises and a listing in the Building directory. Tenant shall not place anything or allow anything to be placed near the glass of any window, door, partition or wall which may appear
unsightly from outside the Premises. 
 39. ASSESSMENTS. 
 39.1 Assessment Districts. Tenant acknowledges that the Property is subject to assessment districts, including, but not limited to, improvement districts, maintenance districts, public utility
districts, special utility districts, special service zones or districts or any combination thereof (collectively “Assessment Districts”), for the construction, alteration, expansion, improvements, completion, repair,
operation or maintenance, as the case may be, of on-site or off-site improvements, or services, or any combination thereof, as required by the City of Pleasanton as a condition of approving the development of Hacienda Business Park, of which the
Property is a part. These Assessment Districts may provide, among other things, the following improvements or services: streets, curbs, interchanges, highways, traffic noise studies and mitigation measures, traffic control systems and expansion of
city facilities to operate same, landscaping and lighting maintenance services, maintenance of flood control facilities, water storage and distribution facilities, and fire apparatus, manpower and other fire safety facilities. 

  
 31 

 39.2 Consent to Formation. Tenant hereby consents to the formation of any and all of
the Assessment Districts and waives any and all rights of notice and any and all rights of protest in connection with formation of the Assessment Districts and agrees to execute all documents, including, but not limited to, formal waivers of notice
and protest evidencing such consent and waiver upon request of Landlord or the City of Pleasanton. 
 40. MORTGAGEE PROTECTION CLAUSE.
Tenant agrees to give any mortgagees and/or trust deed holders (“Holders”), by registered mail, a copy of any notice of default served upon the Landlord, provided that prior to such notice Tenant has been notified, in writing
(by way of notice of assignment of rents and leases, or otherwise) of the address of such Holders. Tenant further agrees that if Landlord shall have failed to cure such default within the time provided for in this Lease, then the Holders shall have
an additional sixty (60) days within which to cure such default or if such default cannot be cured within that time, then such additional time as may be necessary if within such sixty (60) days, any Holder has commenced and is diligently
pursuing the remedies necessary to cure such default (including but not limited to commencement of foreclosure proceedings, if necessary to effect such cure) in which event this Lease shall not be terminated while such remedies are being so
diligently pursued. 
 41. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS. 
 41.1. “Hazardous Materials” shall mean any substance or material which has been determined by any state, federal or local governmental authority to be capable of posing a
risk of injury to health, safety or property, including all of those materials and substances designated as hazardous or toxic by any municipal, county, state or federal rule, law, or regulation. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the
term “Hazardous Materials” shall include asbestos or asbestos containing material, polychlorinated biphenyls in concentrations greater than 50 parts per million, hazardous waste identified in accordance with Section 3001
of the Federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, as amended, substances defined as “hazardous substances” or “toxic substances” in the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as
amended, 42 U.S.C. Sec. 9061; et seq.; Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. Sec. 1802; and Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. Sec. 6901 et seq., and all of those materials and substances
defined as “hazardous waste” in California Health and Safety Code Section 25117 and Section 66160 of Title 26 of the California Code of Regulations, Division 22, as the same shall be amended from time to time, or any other
materials requiring remediation under federal, state or local statutes, ordinances, regulations or policies. 
 41.2
Tenant shall not introduce any Hazardous Materials in, on or adjacent to the Premises or the Property without complying with all applicable federal, state and local laws, rules, regulations, and policies relating to the storage, use, release,
disposal, and clean-up of Hazardous Materials, including, but not limited to, the obtaining of proper permits. Tenant shall immediately notify Landlord of any inquiry, test, investigation, or enforcement proceeding by or against Tenant or the
Premises concerning any Hazardous Materials. If Tenant’s storage, use, release or disposal of any Hazardous Materials in, on or adjacent to the Premises or the Property results in any contamination of the Premises, the Property, or the soil or
surface or groundwater 

  
 32 

 
in or about the Property, Tenant shall remove the contamination at its expense. Tenant further agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against any claims, suits, causes of
action, costs, fees, judgments and liabilities, including attorneys’ fees and costs, arising out of or in connection with any clean-up work, inquiry or enforcement proceeding in connection therewith, and any Hazardous Materials used, stored or
disposed of by Tenant or its agents, employees, contractors or invitees. Tenant’s obligations under this Section 41 shall survive termination of this Lease. Tenant shall also pay to Landlord upon demand, the cost of any inspections ordered
by Landlord should the results of those inspections indicate that Tenant caused or permitted any of the contamination found in the Premises or the Property. 
 42. INTENTIONALLY OMITTED 
 43. MISCELLANEOUS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS. 

43.1 Tenant shall not, without the written consent of Landlord, use the name of the Building, Property, or Park for any purpose
other than as the address of the business conducted by Tenant in the Premises. 
 43.2 This Lease shall in all respects
be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California. If any provision of this Lease shall be invalid or unenforceable or ineffective for any reason whatsoever, all other provisions hereof shall be and remain in full
force and effect. 
 43.3 The term “Premises” includes the space leased hereby and any
improvements now or hereafter installed therein or attached thereto. The term “Landlord” or any pronoun used in place thereof includes the plural as well as the singular and the successors and assigns of Landlord. The term
“Tenant” or any pronoun used in place thereof includes the plural as well as the singular and individuals, firms, associations, partnerships, and corporations, and their and each of their respective heirs, executors,
administrators, successors and permitted assigns, according to the context hereof, and the provisions of this Lease, shall inure to the benefit of and bind such heirs, executors, administrators, successors and permitted assigns. The term
“person” includes the plural as well as the singular and individuals, firms, associations, partnerships and corporations. Words used in any gender include other genders. If there be more than one Tenant the obligations of
Tenant hereunder are joint and several. The Section headings of this Lease are for convenience or reference only and shall have no effect upon the construction or interpretation of any provision hereof. 

43.4 Time is of the essence of this Lease and of each and all of its provisions. 

43.5 At the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord, within ten
(10) days after written demand by Landlord to Tenant, any quitclaim deed or other document required by any reputable title company, licensed to operate in the State of California, to remove the cloud or encumbrance created by this Lease from
the real property of which Tenant’s Premises are a part. 

  
 33 

 43.6 This instrument along with any exhibits and attachments hereto constitute the
entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant relative to the Premises and this agreement and the exhibits and attachments may be altered, amended or revoked only by an instrument in writing signed by both Landlord and Tenant. Landlord and Tenant
agree hereby that all prior or contemporaneous oral agreements between and among themselves and their agents or representatives relative to the leasing of the Premises are merged in or revoked by this agreement. 

43.7 Neither Landlord nor Tenant shall record this Lease or a short form memorandum hereof without the consent of the other.

 43.8 Tenant further agrees to execute any amendments required by a lender to enable Landlord to obtain financing, so
long as Tenant’s rights hereunder are not substantially affected. 
 43.9 Except as provided herein, Landlord and
Tenant agree that each has had an opportunity to determine to its satisfaction the actual area of the Premises and the Building. All measurements of area contained in this Lease are conclusively agreed to be correct and binding on the parties, even
if a subsequent measurement of one of these areas determines that it is more or less than the area reflected in this Lease. Any such subsequent determination that the rentable area is more or less than the rentable area shown in this Lease shall not
result in a change in any of the computations of rent, Tenant’s Building Percentage, improvement allowances, if any, or any other matters described in this Lease where area is a factor. 

43.10 Clauses, plats and riders, if any, signed by Landlord and Tenant and endorsed on or affixed to this Lease are a part hereof.

 43.11 Tenant covenants and agrees that no diminution or shutting off of light, air or view by any structure which may
be hereafter erected (whether or not by Landlord) shall in any way affect this Lease, entitle Tenant to any reduction of rent hereunder or result in any liability of Landlord to Tenant. 
 44. OPTION TO EXTEND. Provided that Tenant is not in default hereunder, either at the time of exercise or at the time the extended term commences, Tenant shall have the option to extend the initial
Term of this Lease for an additional period of twelve (12) months (i.e., from February 1, 2011 through January 31, 2012) (“Lease Option Period”) on the same terms, covenants and conditions provided herein,
except that upon such renewal the Base Rent due hereunder shall be $6,148.90 per month. Without limiting the foregoing, Tenant acknowledges that Tenant shall remain obligated to pay Building Operating Expenses and the Outside Area Expenses and any
other Additional Rent in the manner provided for in this Lease during the Lease Option Period. Tenant shall exercise its option by giving Landlord written notice (“Lease Option Notice”) no later than October 31, 2011. If
Tenant fails to deliver the Lease Option Notice by October 31, 2011, the right granted hereunder shall automatically terminate and the Lease shall expire on January 31, 2011 pursuant to its terms. Time is of the essence in the delivery of
the Lease Option Notice. 

  
 34 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed and delivered this Lease as of the day
and year first above written. 
  

									
	LANDLORD	 		 	TENANT
			
	HACIENDA PLEASANTON PARK MD PARENT, LLC, a California limited liability company	 		 	VERTICALS ONDEMAND, INC., a Delaware corporation
					
	By:	 	 /s/ Manny Del Arroz
	 		 	By:	 	 /s/ Peter Gassner

	Name:	 	 Manny Del Arroz
	 		 	Its:	 	 Peter Gassner

	Title:	 	 Manager
	 		 	Title:	 	 CEO

  
 35 

 EXHIBIT A 

PREMISES 
  

 

  
 1 

 EXHIBIT B 

PROPERTY 
 The Property
referred to herein is situated in the City of Pleasanton, County of Alameda, State of California, and is described as follows: 
 All of lot 3,
as shown on parcel map 3858, Hacienda Business Park, recorded August 13,1982, in book 135 of maps, at pages 49-56, Alameda County records, and as shown on the amended map thereof, filed November 3, 1986, in book 165 of maps, pages 1
through 20. 

  
 1 

 EXHIBIT C 

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED 

  
 1 

 EXHIBIT D 

RULES AND REGULATIONS 
  

	1.	No sign, placard, picture, advertisement, name or notice shall be installed or displayed on any part of the outside or inside of the Building without the prior written
consent of Landlord. Landlord shall have the right to remove, at Tenant’s expense and without notice, any sign installed or displayed in violation of this rule. All approved signs or lettering on doors and walls shall be printed, painted,
affixed or inscribed at the expense of Tenant by a person chosen by Landlord. 

  

	2.	If Landlord objects in writing to any curtains, blinds, shades, screens or hanging plants or other similar objects attached to or used in connection with any window or
door of the Premises, Tenant shall immediately discontinue such use. No awning shall be permitted on any part of the Premises. Tenant shall not place anything against or near glass partitions or doors or windows which may appear unsightly from
outside the Premises. 

  

	3.	Tenant shall not obstruct any sidewalks, halls, passages, exits, entrances, elevators, escalators, or stairways of the Building. The halls, passages, exits, entrances,
shopping malls, elevators, escalators and stairways are not open to the general public. Landlord shall in all cases retain the right to control and prevent access thereto of all persons whose presence in the judgment of Landlord would be prejudicial
to the safety, character, reputation and interest of the Building and its tenants; provided that nothing herein contained shall be construed to prevent such access to persons with whom any tenant normally deals in the ordinary course of its
business, unless such persons are engaged in illegal activities. No tenant and no employee or invitee of any tenant shall go upon the roof of the Building. 

 

	4.	The directory of the Building will be provided exclusively for the display of the name and location of Tenant only, and Landlord reserves the right to exclude any other
names therefrom. 

  

	5.	All cleaning and janitorial services for the Premises shall be provided exclusively through Landlord, and except with the written consent of Landlord, no person or
persons other than those approved by Landlord shall be employed by Tenant or permitted to enter the Building for the purpose of cleaning the same. Tenant shall not cause any unnecessary labor by carelessness or indifference to the good order and
cleanliness of the Premises. Landlord shall not in any way be responsible to any tenant for any loss of property on the Premises, however occurring, or for any damage to any Tenant’s property by the janitor or any other employee or any other
person. 

  

	6.	Landlord will furnish Tenant, free of charge, with two keys to each door lock in the Premises. Landlord may make a reasonable charge for any additional keys. Tenant
shall not make or have made additional keys, and Tenant shall not alter any lock or install a new additional lock or bolt on any door of its Premises. Tenant, upon the termination of its tenancy, shall deliver to Landlord the keys of all doors which
have been furnished to Tenant, and in the event of loss of any keys so furnished, shall pay Landlord therefor. 

  
 1 

	7.	If Tenant requires telegraphic, telephonic, burglar alarm or similar services, Tenant shall first obtain, and comply with, Landlord’s instructions in their
installation. 

  

	8.	Any freight elevator shall be available for use by all tenants in the Building, subject to such reasonable scheduling as Landlord in its discretion shall deem
appropriate. No equipment, materials, furniture, packages, supplies, merchandise or other property will be received in the Building or carried in the elevators except between such hours and in such elevators as may be designated by Landlord.

  

	9.	Tenant shall not place a load upon any floor of the Premises which exceeds the load per square foot which such floor was designed to carry and which is allowed by law.
Landlord shall have the right to prescribe the weight, size and position of all equipment, materials, furniture or other property brought into the Building. Heavy objects shall, if considered necessary by Landlord, stand on such platforms as
determined by Landlord to be necessary to properly distribute the weight. Business machines and mechanical equipment belonging to Tenant, which cause noise or vibration that may be transmitted to the structure of the Building or to any space therein
to such a degree as to be objectionable to Landlord or to any tenants in the Building, shall be placed and maintained by Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, on vibration eliminators or other devices sufficient to eliminate noise or vibration. The
persons employed to move such equipment in or out of the Building must be acceptable to Landlord. Landlord will not be responsible for loss of, or damage to, any such equipment or other property from any cause, and all damage done to the Building by
maintaining or moving such equipment or other property shall be repaired at the expense of Tenant. 

  

	10.	Tenant shall not use or keep in the Premises any kerosene, gasoline or other inflammable or combustible fluid or material other than those limited quantities necessary
for the operation or maintenance of office equipment. Tenant shall not use or permit to be used in the Premises any foul or noxious gas or substance, or permit or allow the Premises to be occupied or used in a manner offensive or objectionable to
Landlord or other occupants of the Building by reason of noise, odors or vibrations, nor shall Tenant bring into or keep in or about the Premises any birds or animals. 

 

	11.	Tenant shall not use any method of heating or air conditioning other than that supplied by Landlord. 

 

	12.	Tenant shall not waste electricity, water or air-conditioning and agrees to cooperate fully with Landlord to assure the most effective operation of the Building’s
heating and air-conditioning and to comply with any governmental energy-saving rules, laws or regulations of which Tenant has actual notice, and shall refrain from adjusting controls. Tenant shall keep corridor doors closed, and shall close window
coverings at the end of each business day. 

  
 2 

	13.	Landlord reserves the right, exercisable without notice and without liability to Tenant, to change the name and street address of the Building.

  

	14.	Landlord reserves the right to exclude from the Building between the hours of 6 p.m. and 7 a.m. the following day, or such other hours as may be established from time
to time by Landlord, and on Sundays and legal holidays, any person unless that person is known to the person or employee in charge of the Building and has a pass or is properly identified. Tenant shall be responsible for all persons for whom it
requests passes and shall be liable to Landlord for all acts of such persons. Landlord shall not be liable for damages for any error with regard to the admission to or exclusion from the Building of any person. Landlord reserves the right to prevent
access to the Building in case of invasion, mob, riot, public excitement or other commotion by closing the doors or by other appropriate action. 

  

	15.	Tenant shall close and lock the doors of its Premises and entirely shut off all water faucets or other water apparatus, and electricity, gas or air outlets before
tenant and its employees leave the Premises. Tenant shall be responsible for any damage or injuries sustained by other tenants or occupants of the Building or by Landlord for noncompliance with this rule. 

 

	16.	Tenant shall not accept barbering or bootblacking service upon the Premises, except at such hours and under such regulations as may be fixed by Landlord.

  

	17.	The toilet rooms, toilets, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were constructed and no foreign
substance of any kind whatsoever shall be thrown therein. The expense of any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from the violation of this rule shall be borne by the tenant who, or whose employees or invitees, shall have caused it.

  

	18.	Tenant shall not sell, or permit the sale at retail, of newspapers, magazines, periodicals, theater tickets or any other goods or merchandise to the general public in
or on the Premises. Tenant shall not make any room-to-room solicitation of business from other tenants in the Building. Tenant shall not use the Premises for any business or activity other than that specifically provided for in Tenant’s Lease.

  

	19.	Tenant shall not install any radio or television antenna, loudspeaker or other devise on the roof or exterior walls of the Building. Tenant shall not interfere with
radio or television broadcasting or reception from or in the Building or elsewhere. 

  

	20.	Tenant shall not mark, drive nails, screw or drill into the partitions, woodwork or plaster or in any way deface the Premises or any part thereof. Landlord reserves the
right to direct electricians as to where and how telephone and telegraph wires are to be introduced to the Premises. Tenant shall not cut or bore holes for wires. Tenant shall not affix any floor covering to the floor of the Premises in any manner
except as approved by Landlord. Tenant shall repair any damage resulting from noncompliance with this rule. 

  
 3 

	21.	Tenant shall not install, maintain or operate upon the Premises any vending machine without the written consent of Landlord. 

 

	22.	Canvassing, soliciting and distribution of handbills or any other written material, and peddling in the Building are prohibited, and each tenant shall cooperate to
prevent same. 

  

	23.	Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Building any person who, in Landlord’s judgment, is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs
or who is in violation of any of the Rules and Regulations of this Building. 

  

	24.	Tenant shall store all its trash and garbage within its Premises. Tenant shall not place in any trash box or receptacle any material which cannot be disposed of in the
ordinary and customary manner of trash and garbage disposal. All garbage and refuse disposal shall be made in accordance with directions issued from time to time by Landlord. 

 

	25.	The Premises shall not be used for the storage of merchandise held for sale to the general public, or for lodging or for manufacturing of any kind, nor shall the
Premises be used for any improper, immoral or objectionable purpose. No cooking shall be done or permitted by any tenant on the Premises, except that use by Tenant of Underwriters’ Laboratory-approved equipment for brewing coffee, tea, hot
chocolate and similar beverages shall be permitted, provided that such equipment and use is in accordance with all applicable federal, state, county and city laws, codes, ordinances, rules and regulations. 

 

	26.	Tenant shall not use in any space or in the public halls of the Building any hand trucks except those equipped with rubber tires and side guards or such other
material-handling equipment as Landlord may approve. Tenant shall not bring any other vehicles of any kind into the Building. 

  

	27.	Without the written consent of Landlord, Tenant shall not use the name of the Building in connection with or in promoting or advertising the business of Tenant except
as Tenant’s address. 

  

	28.	Tenant shall comply with all safety, fire protection and evacuation procedures and regulations established by Landlord or any governmental agency.

  

	29.	Tenant assumes any and all responsibility for protecting its Premises from theft, robbery and pilferage, which includes keeping doors locked and other means of entry to
the Premises closed. 

  
 4 

	30.	The requirements of Tenant will be attended to only upon appropriate application to the office of the Building by an authorized individual. Employees of Landlord shall
not perform any work or do anything outside of their regular duties unless under special instructions from Landlord, and no employee of Landlord will admit any person (Tenant or otherwise) to any office without specific instructions from Landlord.

  

	31.	Tenant shall not park its vehicles in any parking areas designated by Landlord as areas for parking by visitors to the Building. Tenant shall not leave vehicles in the
Building parking areas overnight nor park any vehicles in the Building parking areas other than automobiles, motorcycles, motor driven or non-motor driven bicycles or four-wheeled trucks. 

 

	32.	Landlord may waive any one or more of these Rules and Regulations for the benefit of Tenant or any other tenant, but no such waiver by Landlord shall be construed as a
continuous waiver of such Rules and Regulations against any or all of the tenants of the Building. 

  

	33.	These Rules and Regulations are in addition to, and shall not be construed to in any way modify or amend in whole or in part, the terms, covenants, agreements and
conditions of any lease of premises in the Building. 

  

	34.	Landlord reserves the right to make such other reasonable Rules and Regulations as, in its judgment, may from time to time be needed for safety and security, for care
and cleanliness of the Building and for the preservation of good order therein. Tenant agrees to abide by all such Rules and Regulations hereinabove stated and any additional rules and regulations which are adopted. 

 

	35.	Tenant shall be responsible for the observance of all of the foregoing rules by Tenant’s employees, agents, clients, customers, invitees and guests.

  
 5 

 EXHIBIT E 

UTILITIES AND SERVICES 
 The following standards for utilities and services are in effect. Landlord reserves the right to adopt nondiscriminatory modifications and additions hereto. 

As long as Tenant is not in default under any of the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions or agreements of this Lease, Landlord
shall: 
 (a) Provide unattended automatic elevator facilities Monday through Friday, except holidays, from 6 a.m. to 8 p.m.

 (b) On Monday through Friday, except holidays, from 7 a.m. to 6 p.m. (and other times for a reasonable additional charge to
be fixed by Landlord), ventilate the Premises and furnish air conditioning or heating on such days and hours when in the judgment of Landlord and Tenant it may be required for the comfortable occupancy of the Premises. The air conditioning system
achieves maximum cooling when the window coverings are closed. Tenant agrees to cooperate fully at all times with Landlord and to abide by all regulations and requirements which Landlord may prescribe for the proper functioning and protection of the
air conditioning system. Tenant agrees not to connect any apparatus, device, conduit or pipe to the Building’s chilled and hot water air conditioning supply lines. Tenant further agrees that neither Tenant nor its servants, employees, agents,
visitors, licensees or contractors shall at any time enter mechanical installations or facilities of the Building or adjusts, tamper with, touch or otherwise in any manner affect such installations or facilities. 

(c) Furnish to the Premises, during usual business hours on business days, electric current as required by the Building standard office
lighting and fractional horsepower office business machines in the amount of approximately five (5) watts per square foot. Tenant agrees, should its electrical installation or electrical consumption be in excess of the aforesaid quantity or
extend beyond normal business hours, to reimburse Landlord monthly for the measured consumption at the terms, classifications and rate charges to similar consumers by the public utility serving the neighborhood in which the Building is located. If a
separate meter is not installed at Tenant’s cost, such excess cost will be established by an estimate agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant, and if the parties fail to agree, as established by an independent licensed engineer. Tenant agrees not to
use an apparatus or device in, or upon, or about the Premises which may in any way increase the amount of such services usually furnished or supplied to the Premises, and Tenant further agrees not to connect any apparatus or device with wires,
conduits or pipes, or other means by which such services are supplied, for the purpose of using additional or unusual amounts of such services without written consent of Landlord. If Tenant uses such services to excess, the refusal on the part of
Tenant to pay upon demand of Landlord the amount established by Landlord for such excess charge shall constitute a breach of the obligation to pay rent under this Lease and shall entitle Landlord to the rights therein granted for such breach. At all
times Tenant’s use of electric current shall never exceed the capacity of the feeders to the Building or the risers or wiring installation and Tenant shall not install or use or permit the installation or use of any non-personal computer or
electronic data processing equipment in the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. 

  
 1 

 (d) Make water available in public areas for drinking and lavatory purposes only, but if
Tenant requires, uses or consumes water for any purposes in addition to ordinary drinking and lavatory purposes of which fact Tenant constitutes Landlord to be the sole judge, Landlord may install a water meter and thereby measure Tenant’s
water consumption for all purposes. 
 (e) Provide janitorial service to the Premises, as described in Exhibit F attached,
provided that the Premises are used exclusively as offices, and are kept reasonably in order by Tenant, and if to be kept clean by Tenant, no one other than persons approved by Landlord shall be permitted to enter the Premises for such purposes. If
the Premises are not used exclusively as offices, the Premises shall be kept clean and in order by Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, and to the satisfaction of Landlord, and by persons approved by Landlord. Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost of
removal of any of Tenant’s refuse and rubbish to the extent any of the same exceeds the refuse and rubbish usually attendant upon the use of the Premises as offices. 
 (f) Landlord reserves the right to stop service of the elevator, plumbing, ventilation, air conditioning and electric systems when necessary by reason of accident or emergency. Provided that forty-eight
(48) hours prior notice is given to Tenant by Landlord, Landlord reserves the right to stop service of the elevator, plumbing, ventilation, air conditioning and electrical systems for repairs, alterations or improvements which, in the judgment
of Landlord, are desirable or necessary to be made. Landlord shall have no responsibility or liability for failure to supply elevator facilities, plumbing, ventilating, air conditioning or electric service until such repairs, alterations or
improvements have been completed or when prevented from doing so by strike or accident or by any cause beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, or by laws, rules, orders, ordinances, directions, regulations or requirements of any federal, state,
county or municipal authority or failure of gas, oil or other suitable fuel supply or inability by exercise of reasonable diligence to obtain gas, oil or other suitable fuel. It is expressly understood and agreed that any covenants on
Landlord’s part to furnish any service pursuant to any of the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions or agreements of this Lease, or to perform any act or thing for the benefit of Tenant, shall not be deemed breached if Landlord is unable to
furnish or perform the same by virtue of strike or labor trouble or any other cause whatsoever beyond Landlord’s reasonable control. 
 (g) Landlord shall pay all charges for water, gas, electricity, sewer service, and outside waste pickup incurred in connection with general office use of the Premises during normal business hours. If
Tenant uses an abnormal of such utilities or uses such utilities outside of normal business hours, Tenant shall pay all utility charges incurred in connection with such use upon demand by Landlord. 

  
 2 

 EXHIBIT F 

TENANT’S JANITORIAL SERVICE 
  

			
	Daily:	  	(Saturdays, Sundays and holidays excepted) Sweep floor tile and vacuum floors in the Premises and all Building areas used by Tenant; dust furniture, equipment, woodwork and other
dusty surfaces in the Premises; clean ash trays and empty wastebaskets; and wash all fixtures and floors in toilet rooms.
		
	Weekly:	  	Vacuum carpet with beater type vacuum cleaner.
		
	Monthly:	  	Wash tile floors, if any.
		
	Quarterly:	  	Wash partition glass.
		
	6 Months:	  	Wax tile floors. Wash interior and exterior of windows. Wash lighting fixtures and lamps.
		
	Annually:	  	Shampoo carpet.

 Replace fluorescent lamps and ballasts as needed. Wash walls, ceilings, partitions, and spot clean carpet as needed.

  
 1 

 EXHIBIT G 

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED 

  
 1 

 FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT 

This FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT (“Amendment”) is entered into as of June 11, 2010, (the “Effective
Date”) by and between Hacienda Pleasanton Park MD, Parent LLC (“Landlord”), and Veeva Systems, Inc., a California corporation formerly known as Verticals onDemand, lnc. (“Tenant”). 

RECITALS 
 A.
Landlord entered into that certain Lease Agreement (the “Lease”) dated “December    , 2008” with Tenant under Tenant’s former name of Verticals onDemand, Inc., pursuant to which Tenant leased from
Landlord certain premises located at 4637 Chabot Drive, Suite 210, Pleasanton, California (the “Original Premises”). 

B. Landlord and Tenant now desire to amend the Lease to, among other things, provide for Tenant’s occupancy of additional space in
the Building, to extend the Term, and to provide Tenant with an additional option to extend the Term, as set forth below. 

NOW, THEREFORE, IN CONSIDERATION of the mutual covenants and promises contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the
receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows: 
 1. Capitalized
Terms. All initially capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Amendment shall have the meaning given to such terms in the Lease. 
 2. Premises. Effective June 15, 2010 (the “Expansion Space Commencement Date”), in addition to its occupancy of the Original Premises, Tenant shall occupy Suite 350 on the third floor of
the Building consisting of 8,659 rentable square feet of space as shown on Exhibit A attached hereto (the “Expansion Space”). Effective as of the Expansion Space Commencement Date, the term “Premises” shall be deemed to
refer to the Original Premises and the Expansion Space, for a total of 12,276 rentable square feet of space. Tenant shall have the right to access the Expansion Space immediately upon the execution of this Amendment for purposes of installing
Tenant’s network/IT cabling, provided that Tenant does not interfere with Landlord’s performance of the Expansion Space Tenant Improvements (as defined below). 
 3. Tenant’s Building Percentage. Effective as of the Expansion Space Commencement Date, Section 13 of the Basic Lease Terms is hereby amended to provide that Tenant’s Building Percentage
shall be 16.68%. 
 4. Expansion Space Tenant Improvements. On or before July 1, 2010, Landlord shall perform the work
described on Exhibit B attached hereto within the Expansion Space and/or the Building at Landlord’s sole cost and expense. Tenant agrees and acknowledges that Landlord has no obligation to alter or improve the Premises for Tenant’s
use or benefit except as provided on Exhibit B. On or before July 1, 2010, Tenant shall perform the work described on Exhibit C attached hereto within the Expansion Space and/or the Building at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

  

					
		  		  	

  
 48 

 5. Term. The Term of the Lease is scheduled to expire on January 31, 2011. The Term
of the Lease with respect to both the Original Premises and the Expansion Space is extended for a period of three (3) years (the “Extended Term”). Accordingly, the Term Expiration Date set forth in Section 8 of the Basic Lease Terms is
hereby amended to be January 31, 2014. 
 6. Tenant’s Termination Right. Notwithstanding the extension of the Term
as provided in Section 5 of this Amendment, Tenant shall have a one-time right to terminate the Lease with respect to the Original Premises (but not the Expansion Space) by providing written notice of such termination (the “Termination
Notice”) to Landlord on or before July 31, 2011. If Tenant timely delivers the Termination Notice, the Lease shall terminate with respect to the Original Premises as of January 31, 2012, at which time Tenant shall vacate the Original Premises
in the Condition required under the Lease. In the event that Tenant terminates its occupancy of the Original Premises as described above, then, effective February 1, 2012, (i) the table labeled “Monthly Base Rent for the Original
Premises” in Section 8 of this Amendment shall be deleted and (ii) Section 13 of the Basic Lease Terms shall be amended to provide that Tenant’s Building Percentage shall be 11.77%. If, following Tenant’s delivery of the
Termination Notice, Tenant fails to vacate the Original Premises in a timely manner, Tenant shall be deemed to be holding over in which event the terms of Section 26 of the Lease. 

7. Tenant’s Renewal Option. Section 44 of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 7.1 Option Period. Provided that Tenant is not in default hereunder, either at the time of exercise or at the time the
extended term commences, Tenant shall have the option to extend the Term of this Lease for an additional period of one (1) year (“Lease Option Period”) on the same terms, covenants and conditions provided herein, except that upon such
renewal the Monthly Base Rent due hereunder shall be determined pursuant to Section 7.2. Tenant shall exercise its option by giving Landlord written notice (“Lease Option Notice”) no later than July 31, 2013. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, if Tenant has terminated the Lease with respect to the Original Premises as provided in Section 6 of this Amendment then the rights set forth herein shall apply solely with respect to the Expansion Space, and all references to the
“Premises” set forth below shall be deemed to refer, in such event, solely to the Expansion Space. 
 7.2 Lease
Option Period Base Rent. The Monthly Base Rent for the Lease Option Period shall be ninety-five percent (95%) of the Prevailing Market Rental Rate for comparable space in the Hacienda Business Park determined as of the commencement of the option
term. “Prevailing Market Rental Rate” shall mean an amount per rentable square foot that shall be determined with reference to the base annual rentals then being charged for space then being offered for rent in the Hacienda Business Park
taking into account and adjusting for (i) the Terms of this Lease with respect to which Prevailing Market Rental Rate is being determined, (ii) the rental structure under this Lease and the leases for such other space, (iii) the size and location of
the Premises and the age and quality of construction of the Premises and the leasehold improvements therein compared with such other space, (iv) the load factor consisting of the ratio of the usable area to the rentable area on each floor of the
space; and (v) any other relevant terms 

  

					
		  		  	

  
 49 

 
and conditions relative to the leases of such other space; provided that in no event shall the Prevailing Market Rental Rate be less than the Monthly Base Rent due in the last month of the
initial Term of this Lease. 
 7.3 Determination of Prevailing Market Rental Rate. Within thirty (30) days after
Landlord’s receipt of the Lease Option Notices, Landlord shall give Tenant notice of Landlord’s determination of the Prevailing Market Rental Rate for the space in question. If Tenant disputes Landlord’s determination of the
Prevailing Market Rental Rate, Tenant shall so notify Landlord within ten (10) business days following Landlord’s notice to Tenant of the Prevailing Market Rental Rate and such dispute shall be resolved as follows: 

7.3.1 Within thirty (30) days following Landlord’s notice to Tenant of the Prevailing Market Rental Rate, Landlord and Tenant shall
meet no less than two (2) times, at a mutually agreeable time and place, to attempt to resolve any such disagreement. 
 7.3.2
If within this thirty (30) day period Landlord and Tenant cannot reach agreement as to the Prevailing Market Rental Rate, they shall each select one appraiser to determine the Prevailing Market Rental Rate. Each such appraiser shall arrive at a
determination of the Prevailing Market Rental Rate and submit his conclusions to Landlord and Tenant within thirty (30) days of the expiration of the thirty (30) day consultation period described in (i) above. 

7.3.3 if only one appraisal is submitted within the requisite time period, it shall be deemed to be the Prevailing Market Rental Rate.
If both appraisals are submitted within such time period, and if the two appraisa1s so submitted differ by less than ten percent (10%) of the higher of the two the average of the two shall be the Prevailing Market Rental Rate. If the two appraisals
differ by more than ten percent (10%) of the higher of the two, then the two appraisers shall immediately select a third appraiser, acceptable to both Landlord and Tenant, who will within thirty (30) days of his selection make a determination of the
Prevailing Market Rental Rate and submit such determination to Landlord and Tenant. This third appraisal will then be averaged with the closer of the two previous appraisals and the result shall be the Prevailing Market Rental Rate. 

7.3.4 All appraisers specified pursuant hereto shall be members of the American Institute of Real Estate Appraisers with not less than
five (5) years experience appraising commercial properties in the vicinity of and in the City of Pleasanton and County of Alameda. Each party shall pay the cost of the appraiser selected by such party and one-half of the cost of the third appraiser
plus one-half of any other cost incurred in the arbitration. 
 8. Monthly Base Rent. Section 10 of the Basic Lease Terms
shall be deleted in its entirety and the following is substituted therefor: 
 Monthly Base Rent for the Original Premises

  

					
	 Period
	  	Monthly Base Rent	 
	 7/1/10 – 1/31/11
	  	$	5,787.20 per month	  
	 2/1/11 – 1/31/12
	  	$	5,425.50 per month	  

  

					
		  		  	

  
 50 

					
	 Suite 210
	  			
		
	 2/1/12 – 1/31/13
	  	$	5,606.35 per month	  
	 2/1/13 – 1/31/14
	  	$	5,968.05 per month	  

 Monthly Base Rent for the Expansion Space Suite 350 

 

					
	 Period
	  	Monthly Base Rent	 
	 7/1/10 – 1/31/11
	  	$	9,524.90 per month	  
	 2/1/11 – 1/31/12
	  	$	12,988.50 per month	  
	 2/1/12 – 1/31/13
	  	$	13,854.40 per month	  
	 2/1/13 – 1/31/14
	  	$	14,287.35 per month	  

 Tenant shall continue to pay all Additional Rent as provided in the Lease, provided, however, that such Additional Rent
shall be based on applicable Tenant’s Building Percentage set forth in Section 3 of this Amendment. 
 9. Base Year and
Additional Rent. As of the Extension Term Commencement Date, Tenant shall continue to pay Additional Rent at the same time and in the same manner as set forth in the Lease (including, without limitation, Section 2.2 thereof); provided, however,
that as of the Extension Term Commencement Date, Section 7 of the Basic Lease Provisions is hereby amended by deleting the reference to 2009 and substituting in place thereof 2010. For purposes of clarity, as of the Extension Term Commencement Date,
the “Base Year” for all of the Extension Term shall be the 2010 calendar year. 
 10. Security Deposit. Upon
the execution of this Amendment, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord the sum of $9,524.90 to be added to Tenant’s Security Deposit. Accordingly, upon the delivery of such sum, Section 14 of the Basic Lease Terms is hereby amended to provide that
Landlord is in possession of a Security Deposit in the amount of $15,312.10. 
 11. Signage. Landlord shall install
Building standard signage at the entrance to the Expansion Space and in the Building directory indicating Tenant’s occupancy of the Expansion Space at Landlord’s sole cost and expense. Tenant shall have the right, at its sole cost and
expense, and subject to Tenant’s receipt of all permits and approvals required from the City of Pleasanton and subject to any restrictions in the CC&Rs and after obtaining all approvals required under the CC&Rs, to install building
parapet signage along Chabot Drive. The size, design and location of such signage shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant
shall remove such signage and repair all damages in such manner as to restore all aspects of appearance of the affected portion of the Building to the condition prior to the placement of said sign, including, if necessary, repainting any discolored
areas such that a uniform appearance exists on the visible areas of the Building. 

  

					
		  		  	

  
 51 

 12. No Other Changes. Except as modified by this Amendment, all of the terms and
provisions of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect, and as amended by this Amendment, the Lease is ratified by Landlord and Tenant. 
 13. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same
instrument. 
 THIS AMENDMENT, executed as of the date first set forth above, in one or more counterparts, is effective as of
the Effective Date. 
  

									
	LANDLORD:	 		 	TENANT:
			
	 HACIENDA PLEASANTON PARK MD,
 Parent LLC
	 		 	 VEEVA SYSTEMS, INC., 
 a California corporation

					
	By:	 	/s/ Manny Del Arroz	 		 	By:	 	/s/ Tim Cabral
		 	  
	 		 		 	  

	Title:	 	 Manager
	 		 	Title:	 	 CFO

					
		 		 		 	By:	 	/s/ Mitch Wallace
		 		 		 		 	  

		 		 		 	Title:	 	 VP, OPERATIONS

  

					
		  		  	

  
 52 

 Exhibit A 
 Diagram of the Expansion Space 
  
 

 

  

					
		  		  	

  
 53 

 Exhibit B 
 Expansion Space Tenant Improvements 
  

	a.	Add two more urinals and replace urinal with toilet in existing stall in the men’s bathroom (use best efforts to preserve existing network cabling on the
backside of wall when moving the bathroom wall per plan); 

  

	b.	Finish the bathrooms with Building Standard finishes as needed - tile floors & countertops (color mutually agreeable); 

 

	c.	Add partition wall in front of restroom (per attached plan, mutually agreeable on layout); 

 

	d.	Expand the kitchen into the adjacent room (per attached plan) and build out kitchen to include a minimum of 10ft of upper and lower Building Standard cabinets, sink,
disposal, and a water line for Tenant’s refrigerator; 

  

	e.	Install Building Standard carpet throughout (color mutually agreeable); 

  

	f.	Paint interior accent walls of suite (up to 3 walls a mutually agreeable color); 

 

	g.	Blinds and windows - check and replace as necessary; 

  

	h.	Repair window sliders, sliding door handles, and seal on one exterior window (per attached plan); 

 

	i.	Landlord will replace twenty-two (22) interior doors including back stairwell enterance doors (excluding the restroom doors) with new Building Standard solid core clear
oak veneer doors and new brushed nickel lockset hardware. Front entrance doors will be refinished to match new doors. 

  

	j.	Replace all stained and damaged ceiling tiles; 

  

	k.	Thoroughly clean office including windows and blinds; 

  

	l.	Adjust and rebalance HVAC and repair broken thermostats in the Premises; 

  

	m.	 Shampoo carpets in back stairwell on 3rd and 2nd floors; 

  

	n.	Fix broken/loose deck boards outside of sliding door on SW office (per attached plan); 

 

	o.	Fix window trim/header (per attched plan) 

  

					
		  		  	

  
 54 

 

 
 Exhibit B-l Plan Showing Expansion Space Tenant Improvements FIX TRIM ABOVE WINDOW 4637
Chabot Drive, Suite 350 NEW VCT UPPER & LOWER CABINETS WITH SINK. REPAIR SLIDER & fix handle REPLACE BLINDS REPAIR SLIDER & REPLACE HANDLE REPLACE ALL BLINDS IN CONF. ROOM Replace slider (blown seal) with fixed (non-opening) panel
MISSING BLINDS REPAIR SLIDER REPAIR LOOSE & BROKEN BOARD INITIAL -8- 

 Exhibit C 
 Expansion Space Tenant Improvements 
  

	a.	Replace all existing electrical outlets, wall switches and cover plates throughout the Premises with white fixtures; 

  

					
		  		  	

  
 56 

 SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT 

This SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT (“Amendment”) is made and entered into as of January 31,
2011, by and between HACIENDA PLEASANTON PARK MD PARENT, LLC, a California limited liability company (“Landlord”) and VEEVA SYSTEMS, INC., a California corporation (“Tenant”). 

R E C I T A L S: 

A. WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Office Lease dated as of December 2008 (“Original Lease”),
pursuant to which Landlord leased to Tenant and Tenant leased from Landlord approximately 3,617 rentable square feet on the second floor (“Suite 210 Premises”) located at 4637 Chabot Drive, Pleasanton, California
(“Building”); and 
 B. WHEREAS the Original Lease was amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease
Agreement dated as of June 11, 2010 (“First Amendment”, and the Original Lease as amended by the First Amendment, is referred to herein as the “Lease”), pursuant to which Landlord leased to Tenant
and Tenant leased from Landlord approximately 8,659 rentable square feet on the second floor (“Suite 350 Premises” and together with the Suite 210 Premises, the “Original Premises” located at the
Building; and 
 C. WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant now desire to amend the Lease in accordance with the terms hereof whereby,
among other things: (i) the Extended Term shall be extended; and (ii) Landlord shall additionally lease to Tenant and Tenant shall additionally lease from Landlord approximately 8,659 rentable square feet of space on the third floor of the
Building (“Expansion Premises”) known as Suite 300, as of the Second Extended Term Commencement Date (as hereinafter defined), all upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Lease, as amended hereby. 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable
consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows: 
 1.
Recitals. The foregoing recitals are incorporated herein by this reference. 
 2. Defined Terms. Capitalized terms
not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning given such terms in the Lease. 
 3. Effective Date. The effective
date of this Amendment shall be upon the mutual execution and delivery of this Amendment by Landlord and Tenant (“Effective Date” ). 
 4. Expansion Premises. In consideration of the rents, terms, provisions and covenants of this Amendment and the Lease, Landlord hereby leases unto Tenant and Tenant hereby rents and accepts from
Landlord the Expansion Premises. The Expansion Premises is more particularly described on Exhibit A attached hereto. Tenant covenants, as a material part of the consideration for the Lease, as amended hereby, to keep and perform each
and all of said terms, covenants and conditions for which Tenant is liable and that this Amendment is made upon the condition of such performance. On and after the Expansion Premises Commencement 

  

					
		 	57	 	

 
Date (as hereinafter defined), all of the terms and provisions of the Lease, as amended hereby, shall apply to both the Original Premises and the Expansion Premises. From and after the Expansion
Premises Commencement Date (as hereinafter defined), each and every reference in the Lease and in this Amendment to “Premises” shall be and mean the Original Premises and the Expansion Premises, collectively. At
Landlord’s request, Tenant shall execute a Commencement Date Memorandum in a form reasonably acceptable to Landlord and Tenant acknowledging, among other things, the (i) Expansion Premises Commencement Date, (ii) scheduled termination
date of the Lease and (iii) Tenant’s acceptance of the Expansion Premises. Tenant’s failure to execute the Commencement Date Memorandum shall not affect Tenant’s liability hereunder. In consideration for Landlord agreeing to
lease the Expansion Premises to Tenant, Tenant hereby agrees that Section 6 of the First Amendment is hereby deleted in its entirety. 
 5. Improvements to Expansion Premises; Early Access. 
 (a) Landlord shall,
at its sole cost, cause the Expansion Premises to be improved as set forth on the plan attached hereto as Exhibit B (“Expansion Premises Improvements”). The “Expansion Premises Commencement
Date” shall be the date of Substantial Completion (as hereinafter defined) of the Expansion Premises Improvements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Substantial Completion occurs before May 1, 2011, then the Expansion Premises
Commencement Date shall not occur until May 1, 2011, unless Tenant commences business operations in the Expansion Premises prior to such date. As used herein, the term “Substantial Completion,” “Substantially
Completed,” and any derivations thereof mean the Expansion Premises Improvements are substantially completed in accordance with Exhibit B (as reasonably determined by Landlord’s contractor). Substantial Completion
shall have occurred even though minor details of construction and mechanical adjustments remain to be completed by Landlord. Tenant hereby acknowledges and approves that Landlord will be conducting the Expansion Premises Improvements in or adjacent
to the Premises during Tenant’s occupancy thereof. Tenant agrees that the performance of the Expansion Premises Improvements shall in no way constitute a constructive eviction of Tenant nor entitle Tenant to any abatement of rent or damages of
any kind. Furthermore, in no event shall Tenant be entitled to any compensation or damages from Landlord for loss of the use of the whole or any part of the Premises or of Tenant’s personal property or improvements resulting from the Expansion
Premises Improvements or Landlord’s actions in connection with the Expansion Premises Improvements, or for any inconvenience or annoyance occasioned by the Expansion Premises Improvements or Landlord’s actions in connection with the
Expansion Premises Improvements. Tenant shall ready the Original Premises in a sufficiently clean condition to ensure that Landlord will be able to construct the Expansion Premises Improvements, if necessary. 

(b) Landlord shall provide Tenant with limited access to the Expansion Premises prior to the date when Landlord estimates that the
Expansion Premises Improvements will be Substantially Completed for the sole purpose of permitting Tenant to ready the Expansion Premises for Tenant’s occupancy, at such times as are reasonably specified by Landlord so that Tenant’s access
does not interfere with the performance of Landlord’s work in the Expansion Premises. Tenant’s access to the Premises during the period of time prior to the Expansion Premises Commencement Date shall be subject to all the provisions of the
Lease, as amended hereby, other than the payment of Rent and the expiration date of the Lease shall not be advanced by such access by Tenant of the Expansion Premises prior to the Commencement Date. 

  

					
		 	58	 	

 6. Extension of Extended Term. Pursuant to the First Amendment, the Extended Term
expires on January 31, 2014. As of the Effective Date, the Extended Term shall be extended for an additional twelve (12) months, so that it expires on January 31, 2015. During the Extended Term (as hereby extended), all of the terms
and provisions of the Lease, as amended by this Amendment, shall be in full force and effect and shall be applied in the same manner as such terms and provisions were applied during the original term of the Lease. In consideration for Landlord
agreeing to lease the Expansion Premises to Tenant, Tenant hereby agrees that Section 7 of the First Amendment is hereby deleted in its entirety. 
 7. Monthly Base Rent for Original Premises and Expansion Premises. 
 (a) The
monthly Base Rent for the Suite 210 Premises for the extended period of the Extended Term is as follows: 
  

					
	 Period
	  	Monthly Base Rent	 
	 2/1/14 – 1/31/15
	  	$	6,148.90	  

 (b) The monthly Base Rent for the Suite 350 Premises for the extended period of the Extended Term is as
follows: 
  

					
	 Period
	  	Monthly Base Rent	 
	 2/1/14 – 1/31/15
	  	$	14,720.30	  

 (c) As of the Expansion Premises Commencement Date, the monthly Base Rent for the Expansion Premises (i.e
Suite 300) shall be as follows: 
  

					
	 Period
	  	Monthly Base Rent	 
	 Expansion Premises
	  			
	 Commencement Date –1/31/2012
	  	$	12,988.50	  
	 2/1/12 – 1/31/13
	  	$	13,854.40	  
	 2/1/13 – 1/31/14
	  	$	14,287.35	  
	 2/1/14 – 1/31/15
	  	$	14,720.30	  

 8. Tenant’s Building Percentage. As of the Expansion Premises Commencement Date,
Tenant’s Building Percentage shall be adjusted upwards to 28.44%, to take into account the leasing of the Expansion Premises to Tenant. Subject to the foregoing sentence, as of the Expansion Premises Commencement Date, Tenant shall continue to
pay Additional Rent at the same time and in the same manner as set forth in the Lease (including, without limitation, Section 2.2 thereof). 
 9. Security Deposit. Upon the Effective Date, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord, $20,277.40, which is an amount, that when taken together with the existing Security Deposit, equals the monthly
Base Rent due for the last month of the Extended Term (“Additional Deposit”) for the Original Premises and Expansion Premises. Upon the Effective Date, the term “Security Deposit” shall automatically include the
Additional Deposit and the Additional Deposit shall be held pursuant to the terms of Section 4.6 of the Lease. 

  

					
		 	59	 	

 10. Signage. Tenant shall have the right, at its sole cost and expense, and subject
to Tenant’s receipt of all permits and approvals required from the City of Pleasanton and subject to any restrictions in the CC&Rs and after obtaining all approvals required under the CC&Rs, to install building parapet signage along
Stoneridge Drive. The size, design and location of such signage shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, as amended hereby, Tenant
shall remove such signage and repair all damages in such manner as to restore all aspects of appearance of the affected portion of the Building to the condition prior to the placement of said sign, including, if necessary, repainting and discolored
areas such that a uniform appearance exists on the visible areas of the Building. 
 11. As-Is. Tenant agrees and
acknowledges that the Original Premises remain acceptable for Tenant’s use, and Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any broker or agent has made any representations or warranties in connection with the physical condition of the
Original Premises or the Expansion Premises or their fitness for Tenant’s use upon which Tenant has relied directly or indirectly for any purpose. Subject to the Expansion Premises Improvements, Tenant accepts the Expansion Premises in an
“AS IS” condition. 
 12. Tenant’s Representations and Warranties. Tenant hereby represents and warrants
to Landlord that the Lease as amended hereby constitutes a valid and binding obligation of Tenant, enforceable against Tenant in accordance with their terms, and Tenant has no defenses, offsets or counterclaims with respect to its obligations
thereunder. Tenant also represents and warrants that there is no existing default on the part of the Landlord or the Tenant in any of the terms and conditions of the Lease and no event has occurred which, with the passing of time or giving of notice
or both, would constitute an event of default under the Lease by Landlord or Tenant. 
 13. Express Changes Only. Except
as set forth in this Amendment, all of the terms and provisions of the Lease shall remain unmodified and in full force and effect and shall be incorporated herein. 
 14. Brokers. Tenant warrants that it has had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent other than Colliers International. If Tenant has dealt with any other person or real estate broker with
respect to leasing or renting space in the Building, Tenant shall be solely responsible for the payment of any fee due said person or firm and Tenant shall hold Landlord free and harmless against any liability in respect thereto, including
attorneys’ fees and costs. 
 15. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each
of which when executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original and all such counterparts together, shall constitute one and the same instrument. The execution of facsimiles of this Amendment shall be binding on the parties hereto.

 16. Entire Agreement. There are and were no oral or written representations, warranties, understandings, stipulations,
agreements, or promises made by either party, or by any 

  

					
		 	60	 	

 
agent, employee, or other representative of either party, pertaining to the subject matter of this Amendment which have not been incorporated into this Amendment. This Amendment shall not be
modified, changed, terminated, amended, superseded, waived, or extended except by a written instrument executed by the parties hereto. 
 [SIGNATURE PAGE ATTACHED] 

  

					
		 	61	 	

 LANDLORD: 
  

			
	HACIENDA PLEASANTON PARK MD PARENT, LLC,
	a California limited liability company
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Manny Del Arroz

	Name:	 	 Manny Del Arroz

	Its:	 	 Manager

	
	TENANT:
	
	 VEEVA SYSTEMS, INC.,

a California corporation

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Tim Cabral

	Name:	 	 Tim Cabral

	Its:	 	 CFO

  

					
		 	62	 	

 EXHIBIT A 

EXPANSION PREMISES FLOOR PLAN 
  

 

  

					
		 	63	 	

 

 
 LANDLORD AT LANDORD’S SOLE COST AND EXPENSE SHALL CONSTRUCT SUITE 300 FOR THE
FOLLOWING PLAN TO INCLUDE: 
 PAINT ACCENT COLOR; 

REPLACE EXISTING INTERIOR DOORS WITH NEW BUILDING STANDARD WOOD VENEER DOORS; 

REPLACE DAMAGED OR MISSING CEILING TILES; 
 AND OTHER NOTES AS SHOWN. 
 TENANT AT TENANT’S
SOLE COST AND EXPENSE SHALL INSTALL FURNITURE, PHONES, DATA & NETWORK CABLING AND REPLACE ALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL AND SWITCH PLATES WITH WHITE TO MATCH SUITE 350. 
 ADJUST CEILING LIGHTING 
 TERMINATE FLOOR
ELECTRICAL OUTLET 
 POWER WASH & STAIN EXTERIOR DECK 

NOTES: 
 1. REPAIR WINDOW SEALS 
 2. REPAIR SOLAR FILM AS
REQ’D 
 3. REPAIR SLIDING GLASS DOORS AS REQ’D 

4. CARPET REPLACED TO MATCH SUITE 350 
 INITIAL 
 VEEVA SYSTEMS 

PRELIMINARY SPACE PLAN -8,659 RSF – 7 OFFICES AND 54 WORKSTATIONS 

4637 CHABOT DRIVE, SUITE 300 
 PLEASANTON, CA 
 JOB NO: 11-006 

JANUARY 27, 2011 
 Hopkins & Wall 
 ARCHITECTURE | INTERIOR
DESIGN 
 7901 STONERIDGE DRIVE, STE 550 
 PLEASANTON, CA 94588 
 925-225-0445 

FAX 925-225-0482 

 THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT 

This THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT (“Amendment”) is made and entered into as of April 2, 2012 by and
between HACIENDA PLEASANTON PARK MD PARENT, LLC, a California limited liability company (“Landlord”) and VEEVA SYSTEMS INC., a California corporation (“Tenant”). 

RECITALS: 
 A.
WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant’s predecessor-in-interest entered into that certain Lease Agreement dated as of December, 2008 (“Original Lease”), pursuant to which Landlord leased to Tenant and Tenant leased from Landlord
approximately 3,617 rentable square feet known as Suite 210 located on the second floor of 4637 Chabot Drive in Pleasanton, California (“Building”); 
 B. WHEREAS, the Original Lease was amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease Agreement by and between Landlord and Tenant dated as of June 11, 2010 (“First Amendment”)
and by that certain Second Amendment to Lease Agreement by and between Landlord and Tenant dated as of January 31, 2011 (“Second Amendment”, and the Original Lease, as amended by the First Amendment and the Second
Amendment, being referred to herein as the “Lease”), whereby Landlord leased to Tenant and Tenant leased from Landlord approximately 8,659 additional rentable square feet known as Suite 300 and approximately 8,659 additional
rentable square feet known as Suite 350 on the third floor of the Building (Suites 300 and 350 collectively being referred to herein as the “Third Floor Premises”, and Suites 210, 300 and 350 collectively being referred to
herein as the “Original Premises”); and 
 C. WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant now desire to amend the Lease
in accordance with the terms hereof whereby, among other things: (i) the Lease Term for occupancy of the Third Floor Premises shall be extended by the Third Extension Term (as hereinafter defined); and (ii) Landlord shall additionally
lease to Tenant and Tenant shall additionally lease from Landlord approximately 7,916 rentable square feet of space known as Suite 200 and 2,994 rentable square feet of space known as Suite 206 on the second floor of the Building
(“Expansion Premises”), as of the respective dates set forth in Section 4 below, all upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Lease, as amended hereby. 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable
consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows: 
 1.
Recitals. The foregoing recitals are incorporated herein by this reference. 
 2. Defined Terms. Capitalized terms
not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning given such terms in the Lease. 
 3. Effective Date. The effective
date of this Amendment shall be upon the mutual execution and delivery of this Amendment by Landlord and Tenant (“Effective Date”). 

  
 65 

 4. Extension of Lease Term. Pursuant to the Lease, the Lease Term expires on
January 31, 2015. As of the Effective Date, and notwithstanding the current expiration date of the Lease Term, (i) the Lease Term for the Third Floor Premises shall be extended for forty-eight (48) months (“Third Extension
Term”) so that the same expires on January 31, 2019; (ii) the Lease Term for Suite 200 shall commence on April 1, 2013, or as stipulated in section 9 hereto, and be extended to expire on January 31, 2017; and
(ii) the Lease Term for Suite 206 shall commence on July 1, 2012 and be extended to expire on January 31, 2016. The Lease Term for Suite 210 shall remain as set forth in the Lease. During the Lease Term, as extended hereby, all of the
terms and provisions of the Lease, as amended by this Amendment, shall be in full force and effect and shall be applied in the same manner as such terms and provisions were applied during the original term of the Lease. 

5. Expansion Premises. 
 (a) In consideration of the rents, terms, provisions and covenants of this Amendment and the Lease, Landlord hereby leases unto Tenant and Tenant hereby rents and accepts from Landlord the Expansion
Premises, as of the respective dates set forth in Section 4 above. The Expansion Premises is more particularly described and/or depicted on Exhibit A attached hereto. 

(b) Tenant covenants, as a material part of the consideration for the Lease, as amended hereby, to keep and perform each and all of said
terms, covenants and conditions for which Tenant is liable and that this Amendment is made upon the condition of such performance. On and after July 1, 2012, all of the terms and provisions of the Lease, as amended hereby, shall apply to both
the Original Premises and Suite 206, and every reference in the Lease and this Amendment to “Premises” shall be and mean the Original Premises and Suite 206, collectively; and on and after April 1, 2013, or as stipulated
in section 9 hereto, all of the terms and provisions of the Lease, as amended hereby, shall apply to the Original Premises, Suite 206 and Suite 200, and every reference in the Lease and in this Amendment to “Premises” shall
be and mean the Original Premises, Suite 206 and Suite 200, collectively. 
 (c) At Landlord’s request, Tenant shall
execute a Commencement Date Memorandum in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B acknowledging, among other things, the (i) date of commencement of the Lease Term with respect to the Original Premises, Suite 200 and Suite 206,
(ii) scheduled termination date of the Lease with respect to each such space and (iii) Tenant’s acceptance of the Expansion Premises. Tenant’s failure to execute the Commencement Date Memorandum shall not affect Tenant’s
liability hereunder. 
 6. Improvements to Suite 206. Landlord shall, at its sole cost, cause Suite 206 to be improved as
set forth on the plan attached hereto as Exhibit C (“Suite 206 Improvements”). Tenant hereby acknowledges and approves that Landlord will be conducting the Suite 206 Improvements in or adjacent to the Premises
during Tenant’s occupancy thereof. Tenant agrees that the performance of the Suite 206 Improvements shall in no way constitute a constructive eviction of Tenant nor entitle Tenant to any abatement of rent or damages of any kind. Furthermore, in
no event shall Tenant be entitled to any compensation or damages from Landlord for loss of the use of the whole or any part of the Premises or of Tenant’s personal property or improvements resulting from the Suite 206 Improvements or
Landlord’s actions in connection with the Suite 206 Improvements, or for any inconvenience or annoyance occasioned 

  
 66 

 
by the Suite 206 Improvements or Landlord’s actions in connection with the Suite 206 Improvements. Tenant shall ready the Original Premises in a sufficiently clean condition to ensure that
Landlord will be able to construct the Suite 206 Improvements, if necessary. Tenant shall not be entitled to any abatement of rent or damages of any kind in connection therewith. As of the date of Substantial Completion of the Suite 206
Improvements, Base Rent for Suite 206 and Tenant’s Building Percentage shall be increased to reflect the additional number of square feet in Suite 206 due to the Suite 206 Improvements. As used herein, “Substantial Completion” and any
derivations thereof mean the Suite 206 Improvements are substantially completed in accordance with Exhibit C (as reasonably determined by Landlord’s contractor). Substantial Completion shall have occurred even though minor details of
construction and mechanical adjustments remain to be completed by Landlord. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to Substantially Complete the Suite 206 Improvements on or before July 1, 2012. However, if, despite such
commercially reasonable efforts, Landlord cannot Substantially Complete the Suite 206 Improvements on or before July 1, 2012, Landlord shall not be subject to any liability therefore, and such failure shall not affect the validity of the Lease
as amended hereby or the obligations of Tenant thereunder, but in such case, Tenant shall not be obligated to pay the additional Base Rent for the additional number of rentable square feet in Suite 206, and Tenant’s Building Percentage shall
not be adjusted accordingly, until the Suite 206 Improvements are Substantially Complete. 
 7. Third Floor Premises and
Expansion Premises Base Rent. The monthly Base Rent for Suite 210 shall remain as set forth in the Lease. As of the Effective Date, the monthly Base Rent for the Third Floor Premises shall be as follows: 

 

									
	 Period
	  	Monthly Rental
Rate Per
Rentable Square
Foot	 	  	Monthly Base Rent
for the Third Floor
Premises	 
	 Effective Date-1/31/13
	  	$	1.60	  	  	$	27,708.80	  
	 2/1/13-1/31/14
	  	$	1.75	  	  	$	30,306.50	  
	 2/1/14-1/31/15
	  	$	1.80	  	  	$	31,172.40	  
	 2/1/15-1/31/16
	  	$	1.85	  	  	$	32,038.30	  
	 2/1/16-1/31/17
	  	$	1.90	  	  	$	32,904.20	  
	 2/1/17-1/31/18
	  	$	1.95	  	  	$	33,770.10	  
	 2/1/18-1/31/19
	  	$	2.00	  	  	$	34,636.00	  

  
 67 

 During the time periods set forth below, the monthly Base Rent for Suite 200 shall be as
follows: 
  

									
	 Period
	  	Monthly Rental
Rate Per
Rentable Square
Foot	 	  	Monthly Base Rent
for Suite 200	 
	 4/1/13-1/31/14
	  	$	1.85	  	  	$	14,644.60	  
	 2/1/14-1/31/15
	  	$	1.90	  	  	$	15,040.40	  
	 2/1/15-1/31/16
	  	$	1.95	  	  	$	15,436.20	  
	 2/1/16-1/31/17
	  	$	2.00	  	  	$	15,832.00	  

 During the time periods set forth below, the monthly Base Rent for Suite 206 shall be as follows:

  

									
	 Period
	  	Monthly Rental
Rate Per
Rentable Square
Foot	 	  	Monthly Base Rent
for Suite 206	 
	 7/1/12-1/31/14
	  	$	1.85	  	  	$	5,538.90	  
	 2/1/14-1/31/15
	  	$	1.90	  	  	$	5,688.60	  
	 2/1/15-1/31/16
	  	$	1.95	  	  	$	5,838.30	  

 8. Tenant’s Building Percentage. As of July 1, 2012, Tenant’s Building Percentage
shall be adjusted upwards to 32.51%, to take into account the leasing of Suite 206 to Tenant. As of April 1, 2013, Tenant’s Building Percentage shall be adjusted upwards to 43.27%, to take into account the leasing of Suite 200 to Tenant.

 9. Suite 200. Tenant agrees and acknowledges that suite 200 will be delivered in as-is condition, and tenant
improvements will be the sole responsibility of Tenant. Tenant acknowledges that Suite 200 is, as of the Effective Date, occupied by another tenant pursuant to a lease agreement for such space. If such other tenant vacates and surrenders Suite 200
prior to March 31, 2013, then the Lease Term for occupancy of Suite 200 and Base Rent for Suite 200 shall commence upon such earlier date as Landlord is reasonably able to deliver Suite 200 to Tenant, and Tenant’s Building Percentage shall
be adjusted as of such earlier date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if such tenant fails to vacate and surrender Suite 200 on or before March 31, 2013, or if such tenant initiates or threatens any legal action
against Landlord in connection with such space on or before March 31, 2013, then Landlord shall not be obligated to deliver Suite 200 to Tenant, Landlord shall not be subject to any liability for such failure to deliver such space, and such
failure shall not affect the validity of the Lease or this Amendment or the obligations of Tenant thereunder; provided, however, that in such case, Tenant shall not be obligated to pay Base Rent for Suite 200 until the date Landlord delivers Suite
200 to Tenant, if at all. Earliest Landlord can deliver Suite 200 to Tenant is January 1, 2013. 
 10. As-Is. Tenant
agrees and acknowledges that the Original Premises remain acceptable for Tenant’s use, and Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any broker or agent has made any representations or warranties in connection with the physical condition of
the 

  
 68 

 
Original Premises or the Expansion Premises or their fitness for Tenant’s use upon which Tenant has relied directly or indirectly for any purpose. Tenant accepts the Original Premises in an
“AS IS” condition. 
 11. Tenant’s Representations and Warranties. Tenant hereby represents and warrants
to Landlord that the Lease as amended hereby constitutes a valid and binding obligation of Tenant, enforceable against Tenant in accordance with their terms, and Tenant has no defenses, offsets or counterclaims with respect to its obligations
thereunder. Tenant also represents and warrants that there is no existing default on the part of the Landlord or the Tenant in any of the terms and conditions of the Lease and no event has occurred which, with the passing of time or giving of notice
or both, would constitute an event of default under the Lease by Landlord or Tenant. 
 12. Express Changes Only. Except
as Set forth in this Amendment, all of the terms and provisions of the Lease shall remain unmodified and in full force and effect and shall be incorporated herein. 
 13. Brokers. Tenant warrants that it has had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent. If Tenant has dealt with any other person or real estate broker with respect to leasing or renting
space in the Building, Tenant shall be solely responsible for the payment of any fee due said person or firm and Tenant shall hold Landlord free and harmless against any liability in respect thereto, including attorneys’ fees and costs.

 14. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when executed and
delivered shall be deemed to be an original and all such counterparts together, shall constitute one and the same instrument. The execution of facsimiles of this Amendment shall be binding on the parties hereto. 

15. Entire Agreement. There are and were no oral or written representations, warranties, understandings, stipulations, agreements,
or promises made by either party, or by any agent, employee, or other representative of either party, pertaining to the subject matter of this Amendment which have not been incorporated into this Amendment. This Amendment shall not be modified,
changed, terminated, amended, superseded, waived, or extended except by a written instrument executed by the parties hereto. 

[SIGNATURE PAGE ATTACHED] 

  
 69 

 LANDLORD: 
 HACIENDA PLEASANTON PARK MD PARENT, LLC, 
 a California & limited liability company

  

			
	By:	 	 /s/ Manny Del Arroz

			
	Name:	 	 Manny Del Arroz

			
	 Its:
	 	 Manager

 TENANT: 
 VEEVA
SYSTEMS INC., 
 a California corporation 
  

			
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Tim Cabral

			
	Name:	 	 Tim Cabral

			
	Its:	 	 CFO

 EXHIBIT A 

EXPANSION PREMISES FLOOR PLAN 
 [see attached] 

 EXHIBIT B 

COMMENCEMENT DATE MEMORANDUM 
 With respect to that certain lease (“Lease”) dated                     , 2012 between
                     a                     
(“Tenant”) ,                     and
                    , company
                     (“Landlord”), whereby Landlord leased to Tenant and Tenant leased from Landlord approximately
                     rentable square feet of the building located at
                     (“Premises”), Tenant hereby acknowledges and certifies to Landlord as follows: 

(1) Landlord delivered possession of the Premises to Tenant in a Substantially Complete on
                    . 
 (2)
The New Premises Term commenced on                      (“New Premises Commencement Date”); 

(3) The Premises contain
                     rentable square feet of space; and 
 (4) Tenant has accepted and is currently in possession of the Premises and the Premises are acceptable for Tenant’s use. 
 (5) Rent Per Month is                     . 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Commencement Date Memorandum is executed this day of
                    . 
  

					
	“Tenant”
	
	  

	  

		
	By:	 	 
		 	Its:	 	  

		
	By:	 	 
		 	Its: 	 	 

 EXHIBIT C 
 SUITE 206 IMPROVEMENTS 
 [see attached] 

  
 73 

 FOURTH AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE 

This FOURTH AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE (“Amendment”) is made and entered into as of June
     2013, by and between HACIENDA PLEASANTON PARK MD PARENT, LLC, a California limited liability company (“Landlord”) and VEEVA SYSTEMS INC., a California corporation (“Tenant”).

 R E C I T A L S: 
 A. WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Lease Agreement dated as of December, 2008, as amended by the First Amendment to Lease Agreement by and between Landlord and Tenant dated as of
June 11, 2010 (“First Amendment”), as amended by the Second Amendment to Lease Agreement dated as of January 31, 2011 (“Second Amendment”), and as amended by that Third Amendment to Lease
Agreement dated as of April 2, 2012 by and between Landlord and Tenant (“Third Amendment”, collectively as amended the “Lease”), pursuant to which Landlord leased to Tenant and Tenant leased from
Landlord approximately 31,845 rentable square feet on the second and third floors (“Original Premises”) located at 4637 Chabot Drive, Pleasanton, California, known as Suites 200, 206, 210, 300 and 350
(“Building”); and 
 B. WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant now desire to amend the Lease in accordance with
the terms hereof whereby, among other things: (i) Landlord shall additionally lease to Tenant and Tenant shall additionally lease from Landlord approximately 1,392 rentable square feet of space on the second floor of the Building commonly known
as Suite 260 (“Fourth Amendment Expansion Premises”) as of the Fourth Amendment Expansion Premises Term Commencement Date (as hereinafter defined), all upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Lease, as amended hereby.

 NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and
valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows: 
 1. Recitals. The foregoing recitals are incorporated herein by this reference. 
 2. Defined Terms. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning given such terms in the Lease. 
 3. Effective Date. The effective date of this Amendment shall be upon the mutual execution and delivery of this Amendment by Landlord and Tenant (“Effective Date”).

 4. Fourth Amendment Expansion Premises. 
 (a) In consideration of the rents, terms, provisions and covenants of this Amendment and the Lease, Landlord hereby leases unto Tenant and Tenant hereby rents and accepts from Landlord the Fourth
Amendment Expansion Premises. The Fourth Amendment Expansion Premises is more particularly described on Exhibit A attached hereto. The Fourth Amendment Expansion Premises is commonly known as Suite 260. 

  
 74 

 (b) Tenant covenants, as a material part of the consideration for the Lease, as amended
hereby, to keep and perform each and all of said terms, covenants and conditions for which Tenant is liable and that this Amendment is made upon the condition of such performance. From and after the Fourth Amendment Expansion Premises Term
Commencement Date, all of the terms and provisions of the Lease, as amended hereby, shall apply to the Fourth Amendment Expansion Premises. 
 5. Fourth Amendment Expansion Premises Term. As of the Effective Date, the Fourth Amendment Expansion Premises Term shall be for two months (“Fourth Amendment Expansion Premises
Term”) terminable by either party with thirty (30) days written notice and estimated to commence on July 1, 2013 (“Four Amendment Expansion Premises Commencement Date). At the expiration of the Fourth
Amendment Expansion Premises Term, the Fourth Amendment Expansion Premises shall be on a month to month tenancy for the same monthly base rent set forth in section 6 below. 
 6. Fourth Amendment Expansion Premises Base Rent. As of the Fourth Amendment Expansion Premises Term Commencement Date, the Base Rent for the Fourth Amendment Expansion Premises shall be as
follows: 
  

					
	 Period of the Fourth Amendment Expansion Premises Term
	  	Monthly Base Rent
for the Fourth
Amendment
Expansion Premises	 
		
	 July 1, 2013 – August 31, 2013
	  	$	2,923.20	  

 7. As-Is. Tenant agrees and acknowledges that the Original Premises remain acceptable for
Tenant’s use, and Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any broker or agent has made any representations or warranties in connection with the physical condition of the Original Premises or the Fourth Amendment Expansion Premises or
their fitness for Tenant’s use upon which Tenant has relied directly or indirectly for any purpose. Subject to Section 8 above, Tenant accepts the Fourth Amendment Expansion Premises in an “AS IS” condition. 

8. Tenant’s Representations and Warranties. Tenant hereby represents and warrants to Landlord that the Lease as amended
hereby constitutes a valid and binding obligation of Tenant, enforceable against Tenant in accordance with their terms, and Tenant has no defenses, offsets or counterclaims with respect to its obligations thereunder. Tenant also represents and
warrants that there is no existing default on the part of the Landlord or the Tenant in any of the terms and conditions of the Lease and no event has occurred which, with the passing of time or giving of notice or both, would constitute an event of
default under the Lease by Landlord or Tenant. 
 9. Express Changes Only. Except as set forth in this Amendment, all of
the terms and provisions of the Lease shall remain unmodified and in full force and effect and shall be incorporated herein. 

  
 75 

 10. Brokers. Tenant warrants that it has had no dealings with any real estate broker
or agent. If Tenant has dealt with any other person or real estate broker with respect to leasing or renting space in the Building, Tenant shall be solely responsible for the payment of any fee due said person or firm and Tenant shall hold Landlord
free and harmless against any liability in respect thereto, including attorneys’ fees and costs. 
 11.
Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original and all such counterparts together, shall constitute one and the same instrument. The
execution of facsimiles of this Amendment shall be binding on the parties hereto. 
 12. Entire Agreement. There are and
were no oral or written representations, warranties, understandings, stipulations, agreements, or promises made by either party, or by any agent, employee, or other representative of either party, pertaining to the subject matter of this Amendment
which have not been incorporated into this Amendment. This Amendment shall not be modified, changed, terminated, amended, superseded, waived, or extended except by a written instrument executed by the parties hereto. 

[SIGNATURE PAGE ATTACHED] 

  
 76 

			
	LANDLORD:
	
	 HACIENDA PLEASANTON PARK MD PARENT, LLC,
 a California limited liability company

		
	By:	 	/s/ Manny Del Arroz
	Name:	 	Manny Del Arroz
	Its:	 	Manager
	
	TENANT:
	
	 VEEVA SYSTEMS INC.,

a California corporation

		
		 	
	By:	 	 /s/ Tim Cabral

	Name:	 	 Tim Cabral

	Its:	 	 CFO

  
 77 

 EXHIBIT A 

FOURTH AMENDMENT EXPANSION PREMISES FLOOR PLAN 
 [see attached] 

  
 78EX-10.1

 Exhibit 10.1 
  

 
  

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER 

by and among 
 PROCURIAN
INC., 
 ICG GROUP, INC., 

INTERNET CAPITAL GROUP OPERATIONS, INC. 

(AS STAKEHOLDER REPRESENTATIVE), 

ACCENTURE SUB INC., 

and 
 PEREGRINE MERGER
SUB, INC. 
 Dated as of October 2, 2013 
  

 
  

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

							
	 	  	 	  	Page	 
	 ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS
	  	 	1	 
		
	 ARTICLE II THE MERGER
	  	 	15	 
			
	 Section 2.1
	  	The Merger	  	 	15	 
			
	 Section 2.2
	  	Conversion of Outstanding Capital Stock	  	 	15	 
			
	 Section 2.3
	  	Award Payments	  	 	16	 
			
	 Section 2.4
	  	Computation of the Closing Cash Consideration	  	 	17	 
			
	 Section 2.5
	  	The Closing	  	 	17	 
			
	 Section 2.6
	  	Payments at the Closing	  	 	18	 
			
	 Section 2.7
	  	Adjustment of Pre-Closing Estimates	  	 	20	  
			
	 Section 2.8
	  	The Escrow Account	  	 	22	 
			
	 Section 2.9
	  	Dissenting Shares	  	 	23	 
			
	 Section 2.10
	  	Withholding	  	 	23	 
		
	 ARTICLE III REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY
	  	 	24	 
			
	 Section 3.1
	  	Organization and Good Standing of the Company	  	 	24	 
			
	 Section 3.2
	  	Authorization of Transaction by the Company	  	 	24	 
			
	 Section 3.3
	  	Subsidiaries	  	 	25	 
			
	 Section 3.4
	  	Governmental Filings	  	 	25	 
			
	 Section 3.5
	  	Capital Structure	  	 	26	 
			
	 Section 3.6
	  	Financial Statements	  	 	26	 
			
	 Section 3.7
	  	No Undisclosed Liabilities	  	 	27	 
			
	 Section 3.8
	  	No Conflict or Violation	  	 	27	 
			
	 Section 3.9
	  	Legal Proceedings	  	 	27	 
			
	 Section 3.10
	  	Personal Property	  	 	28	 
			
	 Section 3.11
	  	Real Property	  	 	28	 
			
	 Section 3.12
	  	Taxes	  	 	29	 
			
	 Section 3.13
	  	Absence of Certain Changes	  	 	30	  
			
	 Section 3.14
	  	Company Contracts	  	 	30	  
			
	 Section 3.15
	  	Labor	  	 	32	 
			
	 Section 3.16
	  	Compliance With Law	  	 	33	 
			
	 Section 3.17
	  	Employee Benefit Plans	  	 	33	 

  
 -i- 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

(continued) 
  

							
	 	  	 	  	Page	 
	 Section 3.18
	  	Intellectual Property	  	 	35	 
			
	 Section 3.19
	  	Brokers’ Fees	  	 	37	 
			
	 Section 3.20
	  	Insurance	  	 	37	 
			
	 Section 3.21
	  	Affiliate Transactions	  	 	37	 
			
	 Section 3.22
	  	Vote Required	  	 	37	 
			
	 Section 3.23
	  	Material Customers and Vendors	  	 	38	 
			
	 Section 3.24
	  	Data Privacy	  	 	38	 
			
	 Section 3.25
	  	Opinion of Financial Advisor	  	 	38	 
		
	 ARTICLE IV REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF ICG GROUP
	  	 	38	 
			
	 Section 4.1
	  	Organization and Good Standing	  	 	39	 
			
	 Section 4.2
	  	Authorization by ICG Group and the Stakeholder Representative	  	 	39	 
			
	 Section 4.3
	  	Ownership of Common Stock	  	 	39	 
			
	 Section 4.4
	  	Absence of Claims by ICG Group	  	 	40	 
			
	 Section 4.5
	  	No Conflict	  	 	40	 
		
	 ARTICLE V REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PARENT AND MERGER SUBSIDIARY
	  	 	40	 
			
	 Section 5.1
	  	Organization and Good Standing of Parent and Merger Subsidiary	  	 	40	 
			
	 Section 5.2
	  	Authorization of Transaction by Parent and Merger Subsidiary	  	 	40	 
			
	 Section 5.3
	  	Governmental Filings	  	 	41	 
			
	 Section 5.4
	  	No Conflict or Violation	  	 	41	 
			
	 Section 5.5
	  	Legal Proceedings	  	 	41	 
			
	 Section 5.6
	  	Funding	  	 	42	 
			
	 Section 5.7
	  	Investment Representation	  	 	42	 
			
	 Section 5.8
	  	Due Diligence Review; Projections	  	 	42	 
			
	 Section 5.9
	  	Brokers’ Fees	  	 	43	 
		
	 ARTICLE VI NO OTHER REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES
	  	 	43	 
		
	 ARTICLE VII COVENANTS
	  	 	43	 
			
	 Section 7.1
	  	Conduct of the Company’s Business	  	 	43	 
			
	 Section 7.2
	  	Publicity	  	 	45	 
			
	 Section 7.3
	  	Confidentiality	  	 	46	 

  
 -ii- 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

(continued) 
  

							
	 	  	 	  	Page	 
	 Section 7.4
	  	Access to Information; Financial Statements	  	 	47	 
			
	 Section 7.5
	  	Filings and Authorizations	  	 	49	 
			
	 Section 7.6
	  	Director and Officer Liability; Indemnification	  	 	50	 
			
	 Section 7.7
	  	Reasonable Best Efforts	  	 	51	 
			
	 Section 7.8
	  	Tax Matters	  	 	52	 
			
	 Section 7.9
	  	Resignations	  	 	56	 
			
	 Section 7.10
	  	Notice of Certain Events	  	 	56	 
			
	 Section 7.11
	  	Employees	  	 	56	 
			
	 Section 7.12
	  	Obligations of Parent and ICG Group	  	 	57	 
			
	 Section 7.13
	  	Drag-Along	  	 	58	 
			
	 Section 7.14
	  	Exclusive Dealing	  	 	58	 
			
	 Section 7.15
	  	Termination of Contracts	  	 	59	 
			
	 Section 7.16
	  	Intercompany Balances	  	 	59	 
			
	 Section 7.17
	  	Non-Solicit	  	 	60	 
			
	 Section 7.18
	  	Further Assurances	  	 	60	 
			
	 Section 7.19
	  	ICG Post-Closing Cooperation	  	 	61	 
		
	 ARTICLE VIII CONDITIONS TO MERGER
	  	 	61	 
			
	 Section 8.1
	  	Conditions to Each Party’s Obligations	  	 	61	 
			
	 Section 8.2
	  	Conditions to Obligations of Parent and Merger Subsidiary	  	 	61	 
			
	 Section 8.3
	  	Conditions to Obligations of the Company	  	 	62	 
		
	 ARTICLE IX SURVIVAL; INDEMNIFICATION
	  	 	63	 
			
	 Section 9.1
	  	Survival	  	 	63	 
			
	 Section 9.2
	  	Claims	  	 	63	 
			
	 Section 9.3
	  	Third-Party Claims	  	 	65	 
			
	 Section 9.4
	  	Limitations on Indemnification Obligations	  	 	66	 
			
	 Section 9.5
	  	Mitigation	  	 	68	 
			
	 Section 9.6
	  	Recovery of Damages; Exclusive Remedy	  	 	68	 
			
	 Section 9.7
	  	Claims Procedure	  	 	69	 
			
	 Section 9.8
	  	Adjustment to the Merger Consideration	  	 	70	 
			
	 Section 9.9
	  	Agreement to be Bound	  	 	70	 
			
	 Section 9.10
	  	Indemnification for Taxes	  	 	70	 

  
 -iii- 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

(continued) 
  

							
	 	  	 	  	Page	 
	 ARTICLE X TERMINATION
	  	 	71	 
			
	 Section 10.1
	  	Termination of Agreement	  	 	71	 
			
	 Section 10.2
	  	Effect of Termination	  	 	72	 
		
	 ARTICLE XI MISCELLANEOUS
	  	 	73	 
			
	 Section 11.1
	  	Assignment; Binding Effect	  	 	73	 
			
	 Section 11.2
	  	Choice of Law	  	 	73	 
			
	 Section 11.3
	  	Consent to Jurisdiction; Service of Process; Waiver of Jury Trial	  	 	73	 
			
	 Section 11.4
	  	Notices	  	 	74	 
			
	 Section 11.5
	  	Headings	  	 	76	 
			
	 Section 11.6
	  	Fees and Expenses	  	 	76	 
			
	 Section 11.7
	  	Entire Agreement	  	 	76	 
			
	 Section 11.8
	  	Interpretation	  	 	77	 
			
	 Section 11.9
	  	Disclosure	  	 	77	 
			
	 Section 11.10
	  	Waiver and Amendment	  	 	78	 
			
	 Section 11.11
	  	Third-Party Beneficiaries	  	 	78	 
			
	 Section 11.12
	  	Enforcement	  	 	78	 
			
	 Section 11.13
	  	Severability	  	 	78	 
			
	 Section 11.14
	  	Counterparts; Signatures	  	 	79	 
			
	 Section 11.15
	  	Time is of the Essence	  	 	79	 
			
	 Section 11.16
	  	Stakeholder Representative	  	 	79	 
			
	 Section 11.17
	  	Conflict Waiver	  	 	81	 

 EXHIBIT LIST 
  

					
	Exhibit A	  	—	  	Company Stockholder Consent
	Exhibit B	  	—	  	Form of Escrow Agreement
	Exhibit C	  	—	  	Form of Certificate of Merger
	Exhibit D	  	—	  	Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
	Exhibit E	  	—	  	Form of Letter of Transmittal

  
 -iv- 

 AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER 

THIS AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into and effective as of October 2, 2013, by
and among Procurian Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), ICG Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation, (“ICG Group”), Internet Capital Group Operations, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Stakeholder
Representative”), Accenture Sub Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Parent”), and Peregrine Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Merger Subsidiary”). 

RECITALS 
 WHEREAS, the
respective boards of directors of Parent, Merger Subsidiary and the Company have approved this Agreement and the merger of Merger Subsidiary with and into the Company (the “Merger”) on the terms and subject to the conditions set
forth in this Agreement; and 
 WHEREAS, after the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Holders of a majority of shares of the
Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Common Stock”), will have agreed to approve and adopt this Agreement and the Merger by written consent in the form of Exhibit A (the “Company Stockholder
Consent”). 
 NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set
forth in this Agreement, and other good and valuable consideration, the adequacy and receipt of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows: 

ARTICLE I 
 DEFINITIONS

 Capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in this Agreement. In addition, for purposes of this
Agreement, the following terms, when used in this Agreement, shall have the meanings assigned to them in this Article I. 

“Accounting Methodology” means, collectively, the accounting principles and practices used in preparing the audited
consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012, applied on a consistent basis and set forth on Section 1.1 of the Company Disclosure Letter. 

“Acquired Companies” means, collectively, the Company (including the Surviving Corporation after the Effective Time) and its
Subsidiaries. 
 “Action” means any action, claim, complaint, audit, investigation, petition, subpoena, suit, arbitration
or other litigation or proceeding, whether civil or criminal, at Law or in equity by or before any arbitral body of competent jurisdiction or Governmental Entity. 

 “Additional Drag Along Agreements” means those certain Restricted Stock
Agreements entered into by the Company on June 21, 2011, those certain Parent Share Agreements entered into by the Company on June 29, 2011 and certain other agreements relating to the issuance of restricted stock and non-qualified stock
options in each case, pursuant to which ICG Group, through its beneficial ownership of Common Stock, has certain drag-along rights described therein. 

“Affiliate” means a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or
is under common control with, a specified Person. A Person shall be deemed to control another Person if such first Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct, or cause the direction of, the management and policies of such other
Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. 
 “Business Day” means any day other
than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banks are permitted or required to be closed in New York, New York. 
 “Cash”
means unrestricted cash and cash equivalents, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP as of the Purchase Price Measurement Time. 

“Closing Cash Consideration” means the Enterprise Value, minus (1) the Escrow Amount, minus (2) the
Stakeholder Representative Expense Amount, minus (3) the Estimated Closing Net Indebtedness (it being understood that if the Estimated Closing Net Indebtedness is negative, such amount will be added for purposes of the calculation of
Closing Cash Consideration), minus (4) the Estimated Unpaid Transaction Expense Amount, minus (5) the amount, if any, by which the Estimated Net Working Capital is less than the Target Net Working Capital, plus
(6) the amount, if any, by which the Estimated Net Working Capital is greater than the Target Net Working Capital. 
 “Closing
Net Indebtedness” means (1) all Indebtedness of the Acquired Companies outstanding as of the Purchase Price Measurement Time, less (2) the amount of the Acquired Companies’ Cash as of the Purchase Price Measurement
Time. 
 “Closing Per Share Cash Consideration” means an amount in cash (without interest) equal to the quotient of
(1) the sum of Closing Cash Consideration and the aggregate dollar amount that would have been payable to the Company as exercise price for the exercise of all Vested Options outstanding at the Effective Time and (2) the
Fully Diluted Final Share Count. 
 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. 

“Company Disclosure Letter” means the disclosure letter of the Company referred to in, and delivered to Parent on or prior to
the date hereof pursuant to, this Agreement. 
 “Company Intellectual Property” means the Intellectual Property owned by
the Acquired Companies, including the Company Software. 

  
 -2- 

 “Company Plan” means each Plan (other than a “multiemployer plan” (as
defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA)) that is maintained, sponsored, contributed to, or required to be contributed to, by the Acquired Companies for the benefit of any current or former employee, officer, director or independent contractor of the
Acquired Companies or as to which any Acquired Company has any liability (contingent or otherwise), including on account of an ERISA Affiliate. 

“Confidentiality Agreement” means that certain non-disclosure agreement between ICG Group, Inc. and Accenture LLP, dated
May 29, 2013, as amended from time to time. 
 “Contract” means any binding contract, instrument, agreement,
commitment, franchise, indenture, lease, license, note, bond, mortgage, obligation, promise, or undertaking including any master service agreement, statement of work and service level agreement. 

“Current Assets,” with respect to the Acquired Companies, means, as of the Purchase Price Measurement Time, current assets,
but excluding deferred Tax assets, Cash, prepaid U.S. federal income Taxes and U.S. federal income Tax receivables, in each case as determined in accordance with the Accounting Methodology. 

“Current Liabilities,” with respect to the Acquired Companies, means, as of the Purchase Price Measurement Time, current
liabilities, but excluding any Indebtedness, Unpaid Transaction Expenses, the acquisition liabilities related to the prior issuance of stock in connection with the Company’s acquisition of Media IQ, LLC and Neuwing Energy Ventures, deferred Tax
liabilities and U.S. federal income Tax accruals (to the extent not already excluded as an Unpaid Transaction Expense), in each case as determined in accordance with the Accounting Methodology. 

“Damages” means damages, losses, liabilities, claims, awards, fines, penalties, reasonable attorney’s fees and expenses,
costs of enforcement, interest, penalties, judgments and settlements. 
 “DGCL” means the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 “Distribution” means any cash payment to be made to Holders in respect of Common Stock or Vested Options following the
Closing as set forth in Section 2.8 or pursuant to any release from the Escrow Account (but excluding the payment of the Closing Cash Consideration) or distribution of the Stakeholder Representative Expense Amount. 

“Encumbrance” means any lien, encumbrance, security interest, option, pledge, mortgage, deed of trust, hypothecation,
conditional sale, adverse claim, title defect, voting trust agreement, right of first refusal, right of preemption, or restriction on transfer or other dispositions of title or restrictions on voting, whether imposed by agreement, Law, equity or
otherwise. 
 “Enterprise Value” means $375,000,000. 

  
 -3- 

 “Equity Interests” means any share capital, capital stock, partnership or
limited liability company interest or other equity or voting interest or other rights, stock or unit appreciation rights or phantom units or any security or evidence of Indebtedness convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any share
capital, capital stock, partnership or limited liability company interest or other equity interest, any right, warrant, option, to acquire any of the foregoing, whether vested or unvested, or other instrument or right the value of which is based on
any of the foregoing. 
 “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. 

“ERISA Affiliate” means any corporation or trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that is treated as a “single
employer” with any of the Acquired Companies under Sections 414(b), 414(c), 414(m) or 414(o) of the Code. 
 “Escrow
Account” means the account established under the Escrow Agreement. 
 “Escrow Agent” means Deutsche Bank AG or
such other escrow agent as selected by the Stakeholder Representative and Parent. 
 “Escrow Agreement” means that certain
escrow agreement among the Escrow Agent, the Stakeholder Representative and Parent, to be entered into as of the Closing Date, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B, with such modifications, if any, as shall be mutually
agreed to by the Escrow Agent, the Stakeholder Representative and Parent. 
 “Escrow Amount” means $19,500,000. 

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 “Final Adjustment Amount” means an amount (which may be positive, negative or zero) equal to (1) the sum of
the Final Net Working Capital, the Estimated Closing Net Indebtedness and the Estimated Unpaid Transaction Expense Amount, minus (2) the sum of the Estimated Net Working Capital, the Final Closing Net Indebtedness and the Final
Unpaid Transaction Expense Amount. 
 “Financial Statements” means, collectively, (1) the audited consolidated balance
sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 and the audited consolidated statements of operations, stockholder’s equity and comprehensive income or loss, and cash flows of the Company and its
Subsidiaries for each year of the three-year period ended December 31, 2012, including any notes thereto and (2) the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of June 30, 2013 and 2012 and the
unaudited consolidated statements of operations, stockholder’s equity and comprehensive income or loss, and cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the six months ended June 30, 2013, without any footnotes. 

“Fully Diluted Final Share Count” means the sum of (a) the number of shares of Common Stock that are issued and
outstanding immediately before the Effective Time and (b) the number of shares of Common Stock that are subject to Vested Options (as though such Vested Options had already vested) outstanding immediately before the Effective Time. 

  
 -4- 

 “GAAP” means United States generally accepted accounting principles as in effect
from time to time. 
 “Governmental Entity” means any United States or foreign federal, state or municipal government, or
any agency, authority, arbitrator, bureau, board, commission, court, department, tribunal or instrumentality thereof or any self-regulatory authority with similar powers. 

“Hazardous Substances” means all substances defined or regulated as pollutants, contaminants, toxic, or hazardous by, or for
which standards of conduct or liability have been imposed under, any Environmental Law, including petroleum and petroleum products, asbestos, and asbestos-containing materials, radioactive materials regulated by the federal Environmental Protection
Agency or the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, polychlorinated biphenyls and urea-formaldehyde insulation. 
 “Holders”
means, collectively, the holders of the Common Stock and the holders of Vested Options. “Holder” means any of the Holders. 

“HSR Act” means the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, and the related regulations. 

“ICG Consolidated Group” means the consolidated group for U.S. federal income Tax purposes, and any combined, consolidated or
unitary group for applicable, state and local income Tax purposes of which ICG Group is the common parent. 
 “ICG
Holdings” means ICG Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation. 
 “Indebtedness” means the following obligations of
any of the Acquired Companies: (1) the principal of and any accrued interest in respect of indebtedness for borrowed money, (2) all obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures, acceptances, instruments, or other debt securities, in
the case of clauses (1) or (2), to the extent it would be classified in accordance with GAAP upon the consolidated balance sheet of the Acquired Companies as indebtedness, (3) all obligations arising out of reimbursement obligations under
drawn but unreimbursed letters of credit issued for such Person’s account, (4) obligations under any hedging, swap or similar arrangement, (5) capitalized lease obligations, (6) any premium, cost (including administrative
expenses) or penalty payable in connection with the prepayment of any Indebtedness, (7) any premium, break-fee or other cost payable in connection with terminating or unwinding any hedging, swap or similar arrangement and (8) any
deferred consideration payments that are outstanding and payable or could become payable in connection with the Company’s acquisition of Media IQ, LLC. 

“Independent Accounting Firm” means PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, or any other nationally recognized firm of independent
certified public accountants selected by the Stakeholder Representative and Parent. 

  
 -5- 

 “Intellectual Property” means (1) patents and patent applications,
including all reissues, divisions, provisionals, continuations and continuations-in-part, re-examinations, renewals and extensions thereof (“Patents”); (2) copyrights, and all registrations and applications to register same
(“Copyrights”); (3) trademarks, service marks, trade names, and other source identifiers, together with all associated goodwill associated with the foregoing, and all registrations and applications to register same
(“Trademarks”); (4) Internet domain name registrations (“Domain Names”); (5) software (including source code, executable code, systems, tools, data, databases, firmware, and related documentation)
(“Software”); and (6) confidential and proprietary information, including trade secrets, know-how, technologies, processes, techniques, methods, architectures and customer lists; and (7) any rights corresponding to the
foregoing in any jurisdiction. 
 “Interim Balance Sheet” means the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and
its Subsidiaries as of June 30, 2013. 
 “Interim Balance Sheet Date” means June 30, 2013. 

“Knowledge of the Company” means the actual knowledge of Chris Banschback, Jason Gilroy, Carl Guarino, Keith Hausmann, Bob
Kothari, Michael Shim or Joseph Waterman, after due inquiry of their respective direct reports. 
 “Law” means any law
(including common law), statute, code, rule, regulation, order, settlement, arbitration or other award, ordinance, judgment or decree, injunction or other pronouncement of any Governmental Entity having the effect of Law. 

“Liquidity Plans” mean collectively or individually (a) the Company’s Amended and Restated Employee Equity
Liquidity Plan effective as of December 19, 2002, as amended on July 19, 2004; and (b) the Company’s 2010 Equity Liquidity Plan effective as of March 15, 2010. 

“Material Adverse Effect” means any material and adverse change, event, effect or circumstance on (i) the business,
condition (financial or otherwise), assets or results of operations of the Acquired Companies, taken as a whole or (ii) the ability of any of the Company, ICG Group or the Stakeholder Representative to perform timely its material obligations
under this Agreement or to consummate the Merger or the other transactions contemplated herein; provided, however, that with respect to clause (i) of this definition any change, event, effect or circumstance resulting from any of
the following shall not (x) be deemed to constitute, in whole or in part, a Material Adverse Effect or (y) be taken into account in determining whether a Material Adverse Effect exists: (1) any change in the United States or foreign
economies or securities or financial or capital markets in general, or geographic, regulatory or political conditions in general, (2) national or international political conditions, terrorism, war or the outbreak of hostilities, or natural
disasters anywhere in the world, whether commencing before or after the date of this Agreement, (3) any change that generally affects any industry in which the Acquired Companies operate, (4) any change in Law or accounting regulations or
principles or interpretations thereof following the date hereof, (5) any failure by the Acquired Companies to meet any internal or published projections, forecasts or revenue or 

  
 -6- 

 
earnings predictions, provided that the underlying cause of such failure may, to the extent otherwise permitted hereby, be taken into account when determining if a Material Adverse Effect
has occurred, (6) the execution or announcement of this Agreement or the taking of any action expressly contemplated or required by this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, provided that the exceptions
in this clause (6) shall not apply to any representation or warranty contained in this Agreement to the extent it expressly purports to address the consequences resulting from the execution or announcement of this Agreement, the performance of
obligations or satisfaction of conditions under this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, (7) any loss of customers, suppliers or employees directly resulting from the identity of Parent and its Affiliates,
(8) any material adverse effect that is cured by the Company before the Closing, or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby (provided that the exceptions in this clause (8) shall not apply to any representation or warranty
contained in this Agreement to the extent that it expressly purports to address the consequences resulting from the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the performance of obligations or satisfaction of conditions under this Agreement), or
(9) any action taken or statement made by Parent; unless, in the case of clauses (1), (2), (3) and (4), such change, event, effect or condition has a disproportional effect on the Acquired Companies that it does not have on other
Persons in general, and then such matter may be taken into account only to the extent of such disproportional effect. 
 “Maximum
Net Working Capital” means the sum of (i) the amount of the Target Net Working Capital plus (ii) $15,000,000. 

“Net Working Capital” means Current Assets minus Current Liabilities calculated in accordance with the Accounting
Methodology and the sample calculation set forth on Section 1.1 of the Company Disclosure Letter. 
 “Option”
means each option outstanding to purchase shares of Common Stock from the Company. 
 “Organizational Documents” means, for
any entity, the documents by which any Person (other than an individual) establishes its legal existence or which govern its internal affairs (including, but not limited to, certificate of incorporation, certificate of formation, memorandum of
association, articles of association, partnership agreements, constitutional documents, by-laws or operating agreement). 
 “Parent
Consolidated Group” means the consolidated group for U.S. federal income Tax purposes, and any combined, consolidated or unitary group for applicable state and local income Tax purposes, of which Parent is a member or the common parent.

 “Paying Agent” means Deutsche Bank AG or such other paying agent as selected by the Stakeholder Representative and
Parent. 
 “Paying Agent Agreement” means that certain Paying Agent Agreement in customary form and substance, between
Paying Agent and the Company. 
 “Permit” means all approvals, authorizations, certificates, licenses, consents and permits
required by any Governmental Entities. 

  
 -7- 

 “Permitted Encumbrance” means: (1) Encumbrances incurred or deposits made
in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security or to secure the performance of tenders, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, bids, leases,
government Contracts, performance and return of money bonds and similar obligations, or that arose or were created in the ordinary course of business; (2) mechanics, carriers’, workers’, repairers’, materialmen’s,
warehousemen’s and other Encumbrances which have arisen in the ordinary course of business or that arose or were created in the ordinary course of business for amounts which are not due and payable; (3) Encumbrances expressly approved by
Parent in writing after the date hereof; (4) Encumbrances for Taxes not yet delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, in each case for which adequate reserves have been set forth on the Interim Balance Sheet in
accordance with GAAP; (5) requirements and restrictions of zoning, building and other Laws, rules and regulations, which are not violated by the current use or occupancy of such real property or the operation of the business of the Company
thereon, and minor defects or irregularities in title which do not or would not materially impair the use or occupancy of such real property or the operation of the business of the Company conducted thereon; (6) statutory liens of landlords for
amounts not yet due and payable or that arose or were created in the ordinary course of business; (7) liens arising under conditional sales contracts and equipment leases with third parties entered into in the ordinary course of business or
that arose or were created in the ordinary course of business; (8) unrecorded easements, leases, tenancies, license agreements, easements, covenants, rights-of-way and other Encumbrances and similar restrictions of record on any Leased Real
Property that do not materially interfere with the existing use thereof by the Acquired Companies; (9) Encumbrances securing any Indebtedness; (10) Encumbrances reflected on or reserved against or otherwise disclosed in the Financial
Statements that shall be released upon the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby; and (11) Encumbrances with respect to tangible property set forth in Section 1.2 of the Company Disclosure Letter. 

“Person” means an association, a corporation, an individual, a partnership, a limited liability company, a trust, or any
other entity or organization, including a Governmental Entity. 
 “Plan” means (1) an “employee benefit
plan” (within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA), (whether or not subject to ERISA) and (2) any other material compensation or benefit plan, program, policy, agreement or arrangement (including pension, profit sharing, 401(k),
severance, welfare, life insurance, medical, dental, disability, deferred compensation, stock purchase, stock option, other equity-based, retirement, employment, change-in-control, retention, bonus or incentive), whether or not written and whether
funded or unfunded. 
 “Post-Closing Tax Period” means any Tax period beginning after the Closing Date, including the
portion of any Straddle Period beginning on the day after the Closing Date. 
 “Pre-Closing Tax Period” means any Tax
period ending on or before the Closing Date, including the portion of any Straddle Period ending at the end of the day on the Closing Date. 

“Pro Rata Share” means, with respect to each Holder, the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the aggregate number of such
Holder’s shares of Common Stock and shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Vested Options held by such Holder at the Effective Time by (ii) the Fully Diluted Final Share Count. 

  
 -8- 

 “Purchase Price Measurement Time” means the close of business on the Closing
Date, without giving effect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. 
 “Qualified Representations” means the
representations and warranties set forth in (i) Section 3.6 and (ii) Section 3.13(b). 

“Release” means the spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching,
dumping, depositing, disposing, dispersing, or migrating into or through the environment. 
 “SEC” means the Securities and
Exchange Commission. 
 “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations
promulgated thereunder. 
 “Stockholders Agreement” means that certain Stockholders Agreement, dated as of
December 19, 2002, by and among the Company and certain of its stockholders, including ICG Holdings. 
 “Stakeholder
Representative Expense Amount” shall mean an amount equal to $500,000. 
 “Stock Plan” means the Company’s
Second Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Option Plan effective as of January 31, 2013. 
 “Stockholders” means,
collectively, the holders of the Common Stock, and “Stockholder” means any of the Stockholders. 
 “Straddle
Period” shall mean any Tax period beginning on or before the Closing Date and ending after the Closing Date. 

“Subsidiary” of any Person means, on any date, any Person (1) the accounts of which would be consolidated with and into
those of the applicable Person in such Person’s consolidated financial statements if such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP as of such date, (2) of which securities or other ownership interests representing more
than fifty percent of the Equity Interests or more than fifty percent of the ordinary voting power or, in the case of a partnership, more than fifty percent of the general partnership interests or more than fifty percent of the profits or losses of
which are, as of such date, owned, controlled or held by the applicable Person or one or more subsidiaries of such Person, or (3) in which such Person has the contractual or other power to designate a majority of the board of directors or other
governing body. 

  
 -9- 

 “Target Net Working Capital” means $11,500,000. 

“Tax” means any foreign, federal, state, county or local tax, assessment, levy or other governmental charge, including any
income, sales and use, value added, goods and services, excise, franchise, occupancy, real and personal property, gains, profits, escheat, gross receipt, capital stock, production, business and occupation, disability, employment, payroll, severance,
or withholding tax or other tax, duty, custom, levy, fee, assessment or charge imposed by any Governmental Entity, including any interest, addition to tax or penalties related thereto. 

“Tax Return” means any return, claim for refund, report, declaration, information return or other document filed or required
to be filed with any Tax authority with respect to Taxes, including any amendments thereof and including any schedules or attachments thereto. 

“Taxing Authority” means any Governmental Entity with the authority to impose and collect taxes. 

“Transaction Agreements” means this Agreement, the Escrow Agreement, Paying Agent Agreement and all other agreements related
to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. 
 “Transaction Expenses” means (a) any fees or expenses of the
Acquired Companies incurred in connection with (or for which the Acquired Companies are liable in connection with) the negotiation and the consummation of, or which become due and payable in connection with the Merger or the other transactions
contemplated by this Agreement (including any fees, expenses or other disbursements of any financial advisor, counsel, agent (including the Paying Agent) or service provider), (b) the aggregate amount of any transaction bonuses, severance or
similar payments owed by any of the Acquired Companies at the Closing to any director, officer, employee or other service provider thereof (in such capacity) triggered by the consummation of the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this
Agreement and the employer share of any payroll or employment Taxes related thereto, (c) any amounts that remain due and payable at the Closing pursuant to any Terminated Contract (including the Tax Sharing Agreements), (d) any amounts
that become due and payable at the Closing pursuant to any Terminated Contract or are triggered by the termination of such Terminated Contract, and (e) any amounts that are or become due and payable to ICG Group or any of its controlled
Affiliates (other than the Acquired Companies) other than amounts due and payable pursuant to this Agreement. 
 “Transfer
Taxes” means any sales, use, stock transfer, real property transfer, transfer, stamp, registration, documentary, recording or similar duties or Taxes together with any interest thereon, penalties, fines, costs, fees, additions to Tax or
additional amounts with respect thereto incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. 
 “Treasury
Regulations” means the regulations promulgated under the Code by the Department of Treasury of the United States (whether in proposed final or temporary form), as amended. 

  
 -10- 

 “Unpaid Transaction Expenses” means any Transaction Expenses that have not been
paid at the Purchase Price Measurement Time, to the extent not taken into account when determining Cash. 
 “Vested
Options” means each Option that at the Effective Time is vested, including Options that vest as a result of acceleration of vesting in connection with Merger. 

“Willful Misconduct” means mean a conscious, voluntary act or omission taken with intentional disregard (or reckless
disregard or wanton indifference) of a legal or contractual duty or the consequences that such act or omission would have on the health or safety of a natural Person. 

  
 -11- 

 Index of Defined Terms 

 

					
	 2013 Consolidated Financial Statements
	  	 	50	  
	 2014 Quarterly Consolidated Financial Statements
	  	 	50	  
	 401(k) Plans
	  	 	59	  
	 Acquisition Transaction
	  	 	60	  
	 Affiliate Contract
	  	 	39	  
	 Agreement
	  	 	1	  
	 Anti-Bribery Laws
	  	 	35	  
	 Award Payment
	  	 	18	  
	 Basket
	  	 	69	  
	 Certificate of Merger
	  	 	17	  
	 Certificates
	  	 	20	  
	 Claim Notice
	  	 	71	  
	 Closing
	  	 	19	  
	 Closing Date
	  	 	19	  
	 Closing Date Statement
	  	 	19	  
	 Common Stock
	  	 	1	  
	 Company
	  	 	1	  
	 Company Contracts
	  	 	32	  
	 Company Fundamental Reps
	  	 	64	  
	 Company Indemnitees
	  	 	52	  
	 Company Leases
	  	 	52	  
	 Company Software
	  	 	30	  
	 Company Stockholder Consent
	  	 	37	  
	 Consolidated Financial Statements
	  	 	50	  
	 Continuing Employee
	  	 	50	  
	 Copyrights
	  	 	58	  
	 Current Policies
	  	 	5	  
	 Direct Recourse Damages
	  	 	52	  
	 Dispute Notice
	  	 	70	  
	 Dissenting Share Payments
	  	 	22	  
	 Dissenting Shares
	  	 	25	  
	 Domain Names
	  	 	25	  
	 Effective Time
	  	 	6	  
	 Environmental Laws
	  	 	17	  
	 Escrow Recovered Amount
	  	 	35	  
	 Estimated Closing Net Indebtedness
	  	 	70	  
	 Estimated Net Working Capital
	  	 	19	  
	 Estimated Unpaid Transaction Expense Amount
	  	 	19	  
	 Excluded Representations
	  	 	19	  
	 Excluded Shares
	  	 	70	  
	 Final Closing Net Indebtedness
	  	 	18	  
	 Final Net Working Capital
	  	 	23	  
	 Final Unpaid Transaction Expense Amount
	  	 	23	  
	 Foreign Antitrust Merger Control Laws
	  	 	28	  
	 Governmental Filings
	  	 	28	  

  
 -12- 

					
	 Historical Consolidated Financial Statements
	  	 	50	  
	 Holder
	  	 	5	  
	 Holder Indemnitees
	  	 	66	  
	 ICG Group
	  	 	1	  
	 ICG Group Fundamental Reps
	  	 	64	  
	 ICG Group Return
	  	 	54	  
	 ICG Indemnified Amounts
	  	 	70	  
	 Indemnification Period
	  	 	65	  
	 Indemnified Party
	  	 	67	  
	 Indemnity Agreement
	  	 	52	  
	 IT Systems
	  	 	38	  
	 Leased Real Property
	  	 	30	  
	 Letter of Transmittal
	  	 	21	  
	 Material Customers
	  	 	40	  
	 Material Vendors
	  	 	40	  
	 Merger
	  	 	1	  
	 Merger Consideration
	  	 	17	  
	 Merger Subsidiary
	  	 	1	  
	 Minimum Claim Basket
	  	 	69	  
	 Objection Notice
	  	 	71	  
	 Outside Date
	  	 	73	  
	 Parent
	  	 	1	  
	 Parent Indemnitees
	  	 	66	  
	 Parent Plan
	  	 	58	  
	 Patents
	  	 	5	  
	 Preliminary Closing Balance Sheet
	  	 	22	  
	 Preliminary Closing Net Indebtedness
	  	 	22	  
	 Preliminary Closing Statement
	  	 	22	  
	 Preliminary Net Working Capital
	  	 	22	  
	 Preliminary Unpaid Transaction Expense Amount
	  	 	22	  
	 Pro Forma Tax Return
	  	 	54	  
	 Q3 Consolidated Financial Statements
	  	 	50	  
	 Registered Intellectual Property
	  	 	37	  
	 Responsible Party
	  	 	67	  
	 Restricted Period
	  	 	62	  
	 Software
	  	 	6	  
	 Stakeholder Representative
	  	 	1	  
	 Stockholder
	  	 	9	  
	 Subaccounts
	  	 	24	  
	 Surviving Corporation
	  	 	17	  
	 Tail Policy
	  	 	52	  
	 Tax Sharing Agreements
	  	 	61	  
	 Terminated Contracts
	  	 	61	  
	 Third Party Claim
	  	 	67	  
	 Trademarks
	  	 	5	  
	 WARN Act
	  	 	34	  
	 Warranty Losses
	  	 	66	  

  

  
 -13- 

 ARTICLE II 

THE MERGER 

Section 2.1 The Merger. 

(a) The Merger. On the Closing Date, the Company and Merger Subsidiary shall execute and file, in accordance with the DGCL, a
certificate of merger substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C (the “Certificate of Merger”), and shall make all other filings or recordings required under the DGCL to consummate the Merger. The Merger
shall become effective at such time as the Certificate of Merger is duly filed with the Delaware Secretary of State, or at such later time as Parent and the Company shall agree in writing and specify in the Certificate of Merger. The time the Merger
becomes effective is referred to as the “Effective Time.” At the Effective Time, in accordance with this Agreement and the DGCL, Merger Subsidiary shall merge with and into the Company and the separate existence and corporate
organization of Merger Subsidiary (except as may be continued by operation of Law) shall cease and the Company shall survive the Merger as the surviving corporation (the “Surviving Corporation”). The Surviving Corporation shall
succeed to and assume all the rights and obligations of Merger Subsidiary and the Company in accordance with the DGCL. The Merger shall have the effects set forth in Section 259 of the DGCL. 

(b) Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws. Pursuant to the Merger, at the Effective Time, the Certificate of Incorporation of the
Company shall be amended in its entirety to read as the Restated Certificate of Incorporation attached hereto as Exhibit D, and as so amended, shall be the Certificate of Incorporation of the Surviving Corporation until thereafter changed or
amended as provided therein or by applicable Law. The Bylaws of Merger Subsidiary as in effect at the Effective Time shall be the Bylaws of the Surviving Corporation, until changed or amended as provided therein or by applicable Law. 

(c) Directors and Officers. The directors of Merger Subsidiary shall be the directors of the Surviving Corporation as of the Effective
Time, each such director to hold office in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws of the Surviving Corporation, until such director’s successor is duly elected and qualified, or such director’s earlier resignation
or removal. The officers of the Merger Subsidiary shall be the officers of the Surviving Corporation as of the Effective Time, each such officer to hold office in accordance with the Bylaws of the Surviving Corporation and until such officer’s
successor is duly elected and qualified, or such officer’s earlier resignation or removal. 
 Section 2.2 Conversion of
Outstanding Capital Stock. 
 (a) Conversion of Outstanding Capital Stock. Subject to the terms and conditions of this
Agreement, at the Effective Time, by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of Parent, Merger Subsidiary, the Company, any Stockholder or any other Person, (i) each share of Common Stock (other than Excluded Shares or
Dissenting Shares) issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be converted into and represent the right to receive an amount in cash equal to the Closing Per Share Cash 

  
 -14- 

 
Consideration, plus the Pro Rata Share of all Distributions with respect to such share of Common Stock, if any, in each case payable when and as provided herein (the “Merger
Consideration”), except for such distributions not made in accordance with a Holder’s Pro Rata Share as a result of differential values of Subaccounts as contemplated by Section 9.6(a), and (ii) each share of common
stock, $0.001 par value per share, of Merger Subsidiary issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be converted into and become one validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable share of common stock, $0.001 par value per
share, of the Surviving Corporation. 
 (b) Excluded Shares. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, at the Effective
Time, by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of Parent, Merger Subsidiary, the Company, any Stockholder or any other Person, each share of Common Stock or other capital stock of the Company that is owned by Parent or Merger
Subsidiary or held by the Company in its treasury will automatically be canceled and will cease to exist and no consideration will be delivered or deliverable in exchange therefor (such shares, “Excluded Shares”). 

Section 2.3 Award Payments. 

(a) At the Effective Time, each outstanding Option shall terminate and shall be cancelled, and the holder of each Vested Option shall be
entitled to receive an amount in cash equal to the sum of (x) (i) the product of (A) the number of shares of Common Stock subject to such Vested Option and (B) the Closing Per Share Cash Consideration minus (ii) the
product of (A) the number of shares of Common Stock subject to such Vested Option and (B) the exercise price of such Vested Option; and (y) such Holder’s Pro Rata Share of Distributions with respect to such Vested Option, except
for such Distributions not made in accordance with a Holder’s Pro Rata Share as a result of differential values of Subaccounts as contemplated by Section 9.6(a). Each Option outstanding to purchase shares of Common Stock from the Company
which is not a Vested Option at the Effective Time shall terminate and be canceled for no consideration. 
 (b) When any payment pursuant to
Section 2.3(a) (each such payment, an “Award Payment”) becomes payable at the Closing or at any other time (including when any portion of any such Award Payment is to be made from the Escrow Account), any such payment
shall first be made to the regular payroll account of the Company, and the Company or the Surviving Corporation, as applicable, shall pay to the applicable Holder of such Vested Option such amount reduced by any required withholding Taxes in full
payment thereon. The amount of any such withholding Taxes shall be treated as having been received by the recipient of the Award Payment for all purposes of this Agreement. 

(c) Prior to the Effective Time, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to obtain all reasonably necessary waivers, consents or
releases, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Parent, from Holders of Options and other equity awards under the Stock Plans and take all such other action, without incurring any liabilities in connection therewith, as Parent reasonably
may deem to be reasonably necessary to give effect to the transactions contemplated by this Section 2.3. As promptly as practicable following the date of this Agreement, the Company Board (or, if appropriate, any committee thereof
administering the Stock Plan) shall adopt such resolutions or take such other actions as are required to give effect to the transactions contemplated by this Section 2.3. 

  
 -15- 

 Section 2.4 Computation of the Closing Cash Consideration. 

No later than three (3) Business Days prior to the anticipated Closing Date, the Company shall prepare and deliver to Parent a certificate
of an officer of the Company (the “Closing Date Statement”), setting forth, in each case as of the close of business on the anticipated Closing Date, a good faith estimate of (i) Net Working Capital (the “Estimated Net
Working Capital”), (ii) the Closing Net Indebtedness (the “Estimated Closing Net Indebtedness”), (iii) the Unpaid Transaction Expenses (the “Estimated Unpaid Transaction Expense Amount”) and
(iv) calculations in reasonable detail of the Closing Cash Consideration and the Closing Per Share Cash Consideration and the components thereof, which in each case have been prepared in good faith in accordance with the Accounting Methodology;
provided, however, that notwithstanding the actual good faith estimate of the Net Working Capital, the parties agree that the maximum amount of the Estimated Net Working Capital for purposes of this Section 2.4 or for purposes of
determining the Closing Cash Consideration shall be deemed to be the Maximum Net Working Capital. Parent shall be entitled to review, comment on and request reasonable changes to the Closing Date Statement, and the Company shall provide Parent and
its representatives with reasonable access to all relevant work papers, schedules, memoranda and other documents available to the Company or its representatives in connection with its preparation of the Closing Date Statement and its calculation of
the amounts shown in the Closing Date Statement and to finance personnel of the Acquired Companies and any other information which Parent reasonably requests, and the Company shall, and shall cause the Acquired Companies to, cooperate with Parent
and its representatives in connection therewith. The Company shall consider Parent’s proposed changes to the Closing Date Statement in good faith and the parties shall cooperate in good faith and agree upon a mutually satisfactory Closing Date
Statement at least one (1) Business Day prior to the anticipated Closing Date. 
 Section 2.5 The Closing. 

(a) The Closing; The Closing Date. The closing of the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby (the
“Closing”) shall take place at the offices of Dechert LLP, 2929 Arch Street, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19104, at 10:00 a.m. local time no later than on the third (3rd) Business Day following the satisfaction or waiver of each
of the conditions set forth in Article VIII (other than those conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the Closing, but subject to the fulfillment or waiver of those conditions at the Closing), or at such other place, time or
date as Parent and the Stakeholder Representative may agree in writing. The date on which the Closing occurs is referred to herein as the “Closing Date.” Solely for financial accounting purposes, to the extent permitted by Law, the
Closing shall be deemed to have become effective as of the Purchase Price Measurement Time. 
 (b) Deliveries by Parent at the
Closing. At or prior to the Closing, Parent shall deliver to the Stakeholder Representative (i) each of the Transaction Agreements to which Parent is a party (including the Escrow Agreement), duly executed by Parent, (ii) the
Officer’s Certificate required by Section 8.3(a)(iv) and (iii) such other agreements and documents as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the Stakeholder Representative customarily provided in connection with transactions
of this kind. 

  
 -16- 

 (c) Deliveries by the Company at the Closing. At the Closing, the Company shall deliver
or cause to be delivered to Parent (i) a certificate of good standing of the Company from the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as of a recent date, (ii) the Escrow Agreement, duly executed by the Escrow Agent and the Stakeholder
Representative, (iii) each of the Transaction Agreements to which the Company is a party, duly executed by the Company, (iv) a certificate in form reasonably acceptable to Parent prepared in accordance with Section 1.1445-2 of the
Treasury Regulations certifying such facts as to establish that the Merger is exempt from withholding pursuant to Section 1445 of the Code, (v) resignations from each director or officer of any of the Acquired Companies as requested
pursuant to Section 7.9 in a form reasonably acceptable to Parent, (vi) the Officer’s Certificate required by Section 8.2(a)(v) and (vii) such other agreements and documents as may be reasonably requested by Parent customarily
provided in connection with transactions of this kind. 
 Section 2.6 Payments at the Closing. 

(a) Payment of the Closing Cash Consideration. At the Closing, subject to the terms of this Agreement, Parent shall (i) pay to the
Escrow Account an amount in cash equal to the Escrow Amount, (ii) pay to the Stakeholder Representative the Stakeholder Representative Expense Amount, which amount shall be held separate from the other funds of the Stakeholder Representative as
provided in Section 11.16 and (iii) pay to the Paying Agent an amount in cash equal to the product of (x) the Closing Per Share Cash Consideration multiplied by (y) the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock
outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time, which amount shall be held by the Paying Agent for the benefit of the Holders to make the payments contemplated by this Section 2.6(a) to each Holder of Common Stock (following such
Holder’s delivery of a duly completed and validly executed Letter of Transmittal to the Paying Agent pursuant to Section 2.6(c)), of an amount in cash equal to (x) the total number of shares of Common Stock held by each such
Holder immediately prior to the Effective Time, times (y) the Closing Per Share Cash Consideration. Such payments are to be made by check or wire transfer of immediately available funds in accordance with instructions specified by Escrow
Agent, the Stakeholder Representative and Paying Agent, respectively, at least five (5) Business Days prior to the Closing Date. From and after the Effective Time, holders of Common Stock shall cease to have any rights as stockholders of the
Company, except as provided herein or by Law. At the Effective Time, the stock transfer books of the Company shall be closed and no transfer of shares of Common Stock shall thereafter be made. 

(b) Other Payments. In addition to the payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.6(a), Parent shall, or shall
cause the Company to, pay at the direction of and on behalf of the Company in accordance with the terms hereof, by wire transfer of immediately available funds pursuant to payment instructions provided by the Company, (i) the Indebtedness of
the Acquired Companies listed in Section 2.6(b) of the Company Disclosure Letter, as indicated in payoff letters from the holders thereof, (ii) the Unpaid Transaction Expenses for which the Company has delivered to Parent an invoice
and payment instructions, and (iii) all Award Payments. 

  
 -17- 

 (c) Procedures for Payment. The Paying Agent shall effect the exchange of cash for
certificates which, immediately prior to the Effective Time, represented shares of Common Stock entitled to payment pursuant to Section 2.2(a) (the “Certificates”). Within ten (10) Business Days following the
Closing Date, Parent shall deliver to each Stockholder a letter of transmittal, in the form and substance substantially similar to Exhibit E attached hereto (the “Letter of Transmittal”) and instructions for use in
surrendering certificates to the Paying Agent (or otherwise complying with the final sentence of this Section 2.6(c)) in exchange for the Closing Per Share Cash Consideration as specified in Section 2.2(a), in each case with such
changes thereto as are required by the Paying Agent, and the information required by Section 262 of the DGCL in a form that is reasonably acceptable to Parent and the Company. At or as soon as practicable after the Effective Time, each
Stockholder who has not already delivered such documents prior to the Effective Time, shall surrender to the Paying Agent Certificates representing the shares of Common Stock held by such Stockholder at the Effective Time, and each Stockholder shall
deliver to the Paying Agent a Letter of Transmittal duly completed and validly executed in accordance with the instructions therein and any other documents as may be reasonably required pursuant to such instructions. The Paying Agent shall promptly
provide a copy of the Letter of Transmittal, and deliver the Certificates and any stock powers, to Parent. Promptly following the later to occur of (x) the Effective Time and (y) delivery by a Stockholder of its Certificates and executed
Letter of Transmittal to the Paying Agent, the Paying Agent shall deliver to such Stockholder the payment to which such Stockholder is entitled under Section 2.2(a) (and calculated as provided in Section 2.6(a)) to the
Stockholder as indicated in such Stockholder’s Letter of Transmittal. Until so surrendered, each such Certificate shall represent solely the right to receive the payment to which such Stockholder is entitled under Section 2.2(a)
(and calculated as provided Section 2.6(a)), without interest, and such Stockholder’s Pro Rata Share of any Distributions (except for such Distributions not made in accordance with a Stockholder’s Pro Rata Share as a result of
differential values of Subaccounts as contemplated by Section 9.6(a)), and neither the Surviving Corporation nor the Paying Agent shall be required to pay the holder thereof the cash to which it would otherwise have been entitled.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any such Certificate shall have been lost, stolen or destroyed, then, upon the making of an affidavit of such fact by the Stockholder claiming such Certificate to be lost, stolen or destroyed and the providing of an
indemnity by such Stockholder to the Surviving Corporation and the Paying Agent against any claim that may be made against the Surviving Corporation or the Paying Agent with respect to such Certificate in customary form and amount, the Paying Agent
shall issue, in exchange for such lost, stolen or destroyed Certificate, the payment contemplated by Section 2.2(a), without interest. 

(d) Return of Funds. Any portion of the amounts deposited with the Paying Agent that remains undistributed to the holders of the
Certificates or Book-Entry Shares for twelve (12) months after the Effective Time shall, upon request by Parent, be delivered by the Paying Agent to Parent, upon demand, and any holders of the Certificates who have not theretofore complied with
this Article II shall thereafter look only to Parent for, and Parent shall remain liable for, payment of their claims for the payment to Stockholders pursuant to the provisions of this Article II. 

(e) No Liability. None of Parent, the Surviving Corporation or the Paying Agent will be liable to any Person with respect to any cash
delivered to a public official in accordance with any applicable abandoned property, escheat or similar Law. If any amounts payable in accordance with this Article II would otherwise escheat to or become the property of any Governmental
Entity, any such amounts, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, immediately prior to the date on which such amounts would otherwise escheat or become the property of any Governmental Entity, will become the property of the Surviving
Corporation, free and clear of all claims or interest of any Person previously entitled thereto. 

  
 -18- 

 Section 2.7 Adjustment of Pre-Closing Estimates. 

(a) Preliminary Closing Balance Sheet. No later than sixty (60) days following the Closing Date, the Company shall deliver or
cause to be delivered, to the Stakeholder Representative (i) an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Acquired Companies as of the Purchase Price Measurement Time (the “Preliminary Closing Balance Sheet”), prepared by the
Company in good faith in accordance with the Accounting Methodology and (ii) a reasonably detailed calculation by the Company of (x) the Net Working Capital (the “Preliminary Net Working Capital”), (y) the Closing Net
Indebtedness (the “Preliminary Closing Net Indebtedness”) and (z) the Unpaid Transaction Expenses (the “Preliminary Unpaid Transaction Expense Amount”), in each case as of the Purchase Price Measurement Time
(the “Preliminary Closing Statement”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Company’s calculation of the Net Working Capital contemplated by clause (i) above is greater than the Maximum Net Working Capital,
the Preliminary Closing Statement shall reflect that the Preliminary Net Working Capital shall be deemed to be the Maximum Net Working Capital. 

(b) Review by the Stakeholder Representative. The Stakeholder Representative shall have forty-five (45) days following receipt of
the Preliminary Closing Statement to review the Preliminary Closing Balance Sheet and the amounts shown in the Preliminary Closing Statement and to notify the Company in writing if it disputes the Preliminary Closing Balance Sheet or any of the
calculations shown in the Preliminary Closing Statement (a “Dispute Notice”), specifying the items and amounts in dispute and the reasons therefor in reasonable detail and the values that it believes in good faith to be correct.
Only such items included in the Dispute Notice as originally delivered or any items that result therefrom may be disputed by the Stakeholder Representative. In connection with the Stakeholder Representative’s review and any disputes pursuant to
Section 2.7(c), the Stakeholder Representative and its representatives shall have reasonable access to all relevant work papers, schedules, memoranda and other documents prepared by the Company or its representatives related to or in
connection with its preparation of the Preliminary Closing Balance Sheet and the Company’s calculation of the amounts shown in the Preliminary Closing Statement and to finance personnel of the Acquired Companies and any other information which
the Stakeholder Representative reasonably requests, and the Company shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, cooperate with the Stakeholder Representative and its representatives in connection therewith. 

(c) Dispute Notice. In the event the Stakeholder Representative does not timely deliver a Dispute Notice within forty-five
(45) days following receipt of the Preliminary Closing Statement, then the Preliminary Closing Net Indebtedness, the Preliminary Net Working Capital and the Preliminary Unpaid Transaction Expense Amount shall be deemed to be the Final Closing
Net Indebtedness, the Final Net Working Capital and the Final Unpaid Transaction Expenses, respectively. In the event that the Stakeholder Representative timely delivers a Dispute Notice to the Company, the Company and the Stakeholder Representative

  
 -19- 

 
shall cooperate in good faith to resolve such dispute as promptly as practicable and, upon such resolution, if any, any adjustments to the Preliminary Closing Balance Sheet and the amounts shown
in the Preliminary Closing Statement shall be made in accordance with the agreement of the Company and the Stakeholder Representative. If the Company and the Stakeholder Representative are unable to resolve any such dispute within thirty
(30) days (or such longer period as the Company and the Stakeholder Representative shall mutually agree in writing) of the Company’s Receipt of such Dispute Notice, the remaining items in such dispute shall promptly thereafter be submitted
to the Independent Accounting Firm for resolution, and the resolution of the Independent Accounting Firm shall be final and binding on the parties. The Independent Accounting Firm shall consider only those items and amounts as to which the Company
and the Stakeholder Representative have disagreed within the time periods and on the terms specified above. In making such determination, the Independent Accounting Firm may rely upon information submitted to it by the Company or the Stakeholder
Representative and other information available to the Independent Account Firm. The Independent Accounting Firm shall be instructed to use its reasonable best efforts to deliver to the Company and the Stakeholder Representative a written report
setting forth the resolution of each disputed matter within thirty (30) days of submission of the Preliminary Closing Balance Sheet and the Preliminary Closing Statement to it and, in any case, as promptly as practicable after such submission.
The determination made by the Independent Accounting Firm shall not exceed or be less than the amounts proposed by the Company and the Stakeholder Representative, as applicable. The Independent Accounting Firm will determine the allocation of the
cost of its review and report based on the inverse of the percentage its determination (before such allocation) bears to the total amount of the total items in dispute as originally submitted to the Independent Accounting Firm. (For example, should
the items in dispute total in amount to $1,000 and the Independent Accounting Firm awards $600 in favor of the Stakeholder Representative’s position, sixty percent (60%) of the costs of its review would be borne by the Company and forty
percent (40%) of the costs would be borne by the Stakeholder Representative). The Stakeholder Representative and the Company shall pay the fees and expenses of the Independent Accounting Firm as so allocated. 

(d) Final Determination. After final determination of the Net Working Capital (the “Final Net Working Capital”), the
Closing Net Indebtedness (the “Final Closing Net Indebtedness”) and the Unpaid Transaction Expenses (the “Final Unpaid Transaction Expense Amount”), whether because no Dispute Notice is timely delivered by the
Stakeholder Representative or because any disputes are resolved as provided in Section 2.7(b) and Section 2.7(c), the parties shall determine the Final Adjustment Amount as follows; provided, however, that notwithstanding the
actual final determination of the Final Net Working Capital, the parties agree that the maximum amount of the Final Net Working Capital Amount for purposes of this Section 2.7 or for purposes of determining the Final Adjustment Amount
shall be the Maximum Net Working Capital. 
 (i) If the Final Adjustment Amount is negative, then the Stakeholder
Representative and Parent shall, within five (5) Business Days after the final determination thereof, issue joint written instructions directing the Escrow Agent to pay an amount equal to the absolute value of the Final Adjustment Amount out of
the Escrow Account by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account specified by Parent (unless Parent shall have elected to seek payment directly from the Holders as Direct Recourse Damages as provided in Section 9.6).

  
 -20- 

 (ii) If the Final Adjustment Amount is positive, then Parent shall, within five
(5) Business Days after the final determination thereof, pay (x) a portion of the Final Adjustment Amount to the Paying Agent by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account specified by the Paying Agent, for distribution to each
stockholder its Pro Rata Share of the Final Adjustment Amount (subject to the withholding of Taxes pursuant to Section 2.10) and (y) the remainder of the Final Adjustment Amount to the Company for distribution to each Holder of Vested
Options its Pro Rata Share of the Final Adjustment Amount (subject to the withholding of Taxes pursuant to Section 2.10). 

(iii) If the Final Adjustment Amount is zero, then no payments shall be made with respect thereto. 

Section 2.8 The Escrow Account. 

(a) Escrow Contribution; Subaccounts. Pursuant to Section 2.6(a), Parent shall deposit or cause to be deposited the Escrow
Amount into the Escrow Account, in cash. Within the Escrow Account, Parent and the Stakeholder Representative shall cause the Escrow Agent to create a notional subaccount for each Holder (which shall initially be an amount in cash equal to such
Holder’s Pro Rata Share of the Escrow Amount ) (collectively, the “Subaccounts”) and will make any corresponding changes to the Escrow Account with respect thereto, and if the Escrow Agent shall be unable to create such
Subaccounts, Parent and the Stakeholder Representative shall keep records of any such Subaccounts as provided in Section 9.6 and may jointly direct the Paying Agent and Escrow Agent to make distributions as reflected by such records. The
parties agree that Parent shall be treated as the owner of the Escrow Account for all federal and state income Tax purposes. 
 (b) The
Escrow Fund (i) shall be held by the Escrow Agent in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the terms of the Escrow Agreement; and (ii) shall be held and disbursed solely for the purposes set forth in, and in accordance with the
terms of, this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement. 
 (c) The Stakeholder Representative and Parent shall deliver joint written instructions
to the Escrow Agent instructing the Escrow Agent to make any distributions from the Escrow Account expressly provided for herein. In connection with any such joint written instructions, if the distributions shall not be paid on the basis of a Pro
Rata Share from all Subaccounts, the Stakeholder Representative and Parent shall jointly instruct the Escrow Agent from which Subaccounts payments are to be made. 

(d) Payments from the Escrow Account. Upon the receipt of any payment out of the Escrow Account designated for payment to the Holders,
the Paying Agent shall pay to each Holder such Holder’s Pro Rata Share of such payment except for such distributions not made in accordance with a Holder’s Pro Rata Share as a result of differential values of Subaccounts as contemplated by
Section 9.6(a) (subject to the withholding of Taxes pursuant to Section 2.10). Any payments so made to the Holders out of the Escrow Account shall be treated as an increase to the Merger Consideration. 

  
 -21- 

 Section 2.9 Dissenting Shares. 

(a) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary and unless otherwise provided by the DGCL, shares of Company Stock that are
issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time and that are owned by Stockholders who have properly perfected their appraisal rights in accordance with Section 262 of the DGCL (“Dissenting Shares”) will not be
converted into the right to receive the Merger Consideration, unless and until such Stockholders will have failed to perfect or will have effectively withdrawn or lost their right of payment under the DGCL. Such Stockholders, who have so perfected
their appraisal rights, will instead be entitled to payment of the fair value of such Dissenting Shares in accordance with the DGCL. If any such Stockholder will have failed to perfect or will have effectively withdrawn or lost such appraisal
rights, each share of Common Stock held by such Stockholder will thereupon be deemed to have been converted into the right to receive and become exchangeable for, at the Effective Time, the Merger Consideration specified and allocated in
Section 2.2(a) and subject to the terms thereof. 
 (b) Each party hereto shall give each other party hereto prompt notice of
any demands received by it for appraisal of shares of Common Stock, withdrawals of such demands and any other related instruments received by it. Parent shall have the right, to the extent reasonably practicable, to receive notice of and
participate in all negotiations and proceedings with respect to such demands and the exercise of such appraisal rights under the DGCL; provided, however, that the Stakeholder Representative shall have the right to direct all such
negotiations and proceedings. Except with the prior written consent of (1) the Stakeholder Representative, no other party hereto shall make any payment with respect to, or offer to settle or settle, any such demands and (2) Parent, no
other party hereto shall make any payment with respect to, or offer to settle or settle, any such demands unless such payment or settlement includes an express unconditional release of Parent, the Company, the Surviving Corporation and their
respective Affiliates from all liabilities and obligations relating to such demand and the exercise of such appraisal rights under the DGCL and such payment or settlement does not impose injunctive or other equitable relief against Parent, the
Company, the Surviving Corporation or any of their respective Affiliates; provided that, notwithstanding any of the foregoing, each party hereto may make such payments and take such actions as are required by applicable Law. 

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that Parent, the Surviving Corporation or the Company (i) makes any payment or payments
in respect of any Dissenting Shares in excess of the consideration that otherwise would have been payable in respect of such shares in accordance with this Agreement or (ii) incurs any other costs or expenses (including reasonable
attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses in connection with any action or proceeding or in connection with any investigation) in respect of any Dissenting Shares (together “Dissenting Share Payments”), Parent shall be entitled to
recover under the terms of Article IX the amount of such Dissenting Share Payments without regard to the Basket or the Minimum Claim Basket. 

  
 -22- 

 Section 2.10 Withholding. 

Parent, Merger Subsidiary, the Company and the Paying Agent shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from any amount payable pursuant to this
Agreement such amounts required to be deducted and withheld under applicable Tax law. Amounts withheld pursuant to this Section 2.10 and paid over to the appropriate Tax authority shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as
having been paid to the Person in respect of which such deduction and withholding was made. 
 ARTICLE III 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY 

The Company represents and warrants to Parent and Merger Sub as follows: 

Section 3.1 Organization and Good Standing of the Company. 

(a) The Company is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the State of Delaware. Except as
disclosed in Section 3.1 of the Company Disclosure Letter, the Company has all requisite power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to carry on its businesses as now conducted. The Company has provided or made
available to Parent true and correct copies of its Organizational Documents, as amended. 
 (b) The Company is qualified or otherwise
authorized to act as a foreign corporation and is in good standing under the Laws of every other jurisdiction in which such qualification or authorization is necessary under applicable Law, except where the failure to be so qualified or otherwise
authorized and in good standing would not have a Material Adverse Effect. 
 Section 3.2 Authorization of Transaction by the
Company. 
 The Company has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its
obligations under this Agreement and any other Transaction Agreements to which it is a party and to consummate the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Upon the delivery of the Company Stockholder Consent following the
execution and delivery of this Agreement, the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of the Transaction Agreements to which it is a party and the consummation by the Company of the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by the
Transaction Agreements to which it is a party shall have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company and no other corporate action or proceedings on the part of the Company are necessary to authorize
the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of the Transaction Agreements to which it is a party or to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreements to which it is a party. This Agreement and the other Transaction
Agreements to which the Company is a party have been or, for those Transaction Agreements to be executed following the date hereof, will be at the Closing duly executed and delivered by the Company and, assuming due authorization, execution and
delivery by the other parties thereto, constitute a valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with the terms therein, except that such enforcement may be limited by applicable

  
 -23- 

 
bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance or other similar Laws now or hereafter in effect relating to or affecting the rights and remedies of creditors and
general principles of equity (whether considered in a proceeding at Law or in equity) and the discretion of a court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought. The board of directors of the Company, at a meeting duly called and held at
which all directors of the Company were present or by written consent, as applicable, duly and unanimously adopted resolutions (i) approving and declaring advisable this Agreement, the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby,
(ii) determining that this Agreement, the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby are fair to, and in the best interests of, the Holders, and (iii) resolving to recommend the approval of this Agreement to the Stockholders,
which resolutions have not been subsequently rescinded, modified or withdrawn in any way. 
 Section 3.3 Subsidiaries.

 (a) Section 3.3(a) of the Company Disclosure Letter contains a list of each Subsidiary of the Company. Each Subsidiary is
duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization (to the extent such jurisdiction recognizes such concepts) and has the requisite power and authority to own its property and conduct its
business as it is currently conducted. All of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of each Subsidiary of the Company are owned directly or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of all Encumbrances (other than Permitted Encumbrances or any
restrictions on transfer of securities arising under any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws), and are duly authorized and validly issued, free of preemptive or any other third party rights and, as to Equity Interests of corporate
Subsidiaries, are fully paid and non-assessable. 
 (b) Each Subsidiary is qualified or otherwise authorized to act as a foreign corporation
and is in good standing under the Laws of every other jurisdiction in which such qualification or authorization is necessary under applicable Law, except where the failure to be so qualified or otherwise authorized and in good standing would not
have a Material Adverse Effect. Section 3.3(b) of the Company Disclosure Letter sets forth (i) the authorized and issued capital stock (or other Equity Interests) of each Subsidiary, (ii) the record holders of such stock or
Equity Interests, and (iii) the number of shares of stock or Equity Interests owned by such record holder for each Subsidiary. Other than as set forth in Section 3.3(b) of the Company Disclosure Letter, there are no outstanding
Equity Interests of any Subsidiary. 
 (c) The Company does not own or control, directly or indirectly, any Equity Interest in or interest
convertible into or exchangeable for any Equity Interest in or have any obligation to invest in or purchase any securities of any Person. 

(d) Section 3.3(d) of the Company Disclosure Letter lists (x) the officers and directors of the Company and each of its
Subsidiaries, (y) the jurisdictions in which the Company and each of its Subsidiaries are qualified to do business and (z) the jurisdictions in which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has facilities or employees. 

  
 -24- 

 Section 3.4 Governmental Filings. 

No filings or registration with, notification to, or authorization, license, clearance, permit, qualification, waiver, order, consent or
approval of, any Governmental Entity (collectively, “Governmental Filings”) are required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Company or the consummation of the Merger, except
(a) Governmental Filings under the HSR Act, (b) Governmental Filings under any foreign antitrust, competition or similar Law (“Foreign Antitrust Merger Control Laws”), (c) the filing of the Certificate of Merger with
the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, and (d) such other Governmental Filings, the failure of which to be obtained or made would not reasonably be expected to be materially adverse to the business, financial condition or results of
the Acquired Companies taken as a whole or materially impair or delay the Company’s ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. 

Section 3.5 Capital Structure. 

(a) The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of: (a) 145,000,000 shares of Common Stock. As of the date of this Agreement,
there are 138,355,958 shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding. There are no shares of preferred stock of the Company issued and outstanding. All of the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock have been duly authorized and validly issued
and are fully paid and non-assessable. Except as set forth in Section 3.5(a) of the Company Disclosure Letter, no shares of Common Stock are held as treasury stock or are owned by the Company. Section 3.5(a) of the Company
Disclosure Letter sets forth (i) each record holder of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, and the number of shares of Common Stock held by each such record holder, and (ii) with respect to each Option outstanding as of the date of
this Agreement, the Holder of such Option, the exercise price of such Option as of the date of this Agreement, the number of shares of Common Stock underlying such Option and the grant date of such Option. Other than as set forth on
Section 3.5(a) of the Company Disclosure Letter, there are no outstanding Equity Interests of the Company. 
 (b) Except as set
forth in Section 3.5(b) of the Company Disclosure Letter, there are no stockholder agreements, voting trusts or other agreements or understandings relating to the voting of any shares of Common Stock, and there are no agreements between
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and any security holder or other Person, or among any holders of Common Stock, relating to the registration, sale or transfer (including agreements relating to rights of first refusal, co-sale rights or
“drag along” rights) of any Common Stock. As a result of the Merger, (i) Parent will be the sole record and beneficial holder of all issued and outstanding Common Stock and all rights to acquire or receive any shares of Common Stock,
whether or not such shares of Common Stock are outstanding, and (ii) the sole right after the Effective Time of Holders immediately prior to the Effective Time of Common Stock with respect to such Common Stock will be (A) the right to
receive the portion of the Closing Per Share Cash Consideration allocable to such Common Stock pursuant to Section 2.2(a) or (B) in the case of holders of Dissenting Shares, the right to payment of the fair value of such dissenting
shares of Common Stock in accordance with the DGCL. 

  
 -25- 

 Section 3.6 Financial Statements. 

The Company has made available to Parent a true and complete copy of the Financial Statements. The Financial Statements have been prepared in
accordance with GAAP, consistently applied (except as disclosed in the footnotes thereto), fairly present, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Acquired Companies as of the
respective dates or for the respective periods set forth therein, subject, in the case of unaudited statements, to normal and recurring year-end audit adjustments and the absence of notes thereto none of which are individually or in the aggregate
material. The Acquired Companies maintain a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP. 

Section 3.7 No Undisclosed Liabilities. 

Except as disclosed, reflected or reserved against in the Financial Statements (or the notes thereto) or as disclosed or reflected in
Section 3.7 of the Company Disclosure Letter, none of the Acquired Companies has any liabilities or obligations of any nature, whether or not accrued, contingent or otherwise, whether or not required by GAAP to be reflected or reserved
against on an audited consolidated balance sheet of the Company, except for (a) liabilities and obligations incurred since June 30, 2013 in the ordinary course of business, (b) liabilities and obligations incurred since June 30,
2013 pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, (c) are not material, individually or in the aggregate, to the Acquired Companies, taken as a whole. None of the Acquired Companies is a party to, or
has any commitment to become a party to, any joint venture, off-balance sheet partnership or any similar Contract relating to any transaction or relationship between or among the Acquired Companies, on the one
hand, and any unconsolidated affiliate, including any structured finance, special purpose or limited purpose Person, on the other hand, or any “off-balance sheet arrangement” (as defined in
Item 303(a) of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC). 
 Section 3.8 No Conflict
or Violation. 
 Except as set forth in Section 3.8 of the Company Disclosure Letter, the execution,
delivery and performance by the Company of the Transaction Agreements and the consummation by the Company of the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreements do not or will not: (a) assuming all Governmental
Filings described in Section 3.4 and Section 5.3 have been obtained or made and other than the delivery of the Company Stockholder Consent, materially violate any applicable Law to which any Acquired Company is subject;
(b) result in a violation or breach of, constitute a default under, result in the acceleration of, create in any party the right to accelerate, terminate or cancel, create any other right or encumbrance or increase any right in any Company
Lease or Contract to which any Acquired Company is a party, except as would not reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse impact on the Company; or (c) violate any provision contained in the
Organizational Documents of any Acquired Company. 

  
 -26- 

 Section 3.9 Legal Proceedings. 

Except as set forth in Section 3.9 of the Company Disclosure Letter, as of the date of this Agreement, there are no, and since
December 31, 2012 there have not been, material Actions pending, or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened against any Acquired Company that (a) seek to challenge the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or seek to enjoin or
prohibit consummation of, or seek other equitable relief with respect to, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or (b) if adversely determined, would be material to the Acquired Companies, taken as a whole. Except as set forth in
Section 3.9 of the Company Disclosure Letter, there are no, and since December 31, 2012 there have not been any, material pending judgments, orders, injunctions or decrees against any Acquired Company. 

Section 3.10 Personal Property. 

Except as may be reflected in the Financial Statements, the Acquired Companies have good and valid title (free and clear of all Encumbrances,
other than Permitted Encumbrances) or a valid leasehold interest in and to all the tangible and intangible personal property owned or leased by an Acquired Company that is reflected in the most recent audited balance sheet of the Company and its
Subsidiaries or acquired since the date of such balance sheet, in each case free and clear of Encumbrances except for Permitted Encumbrances, except (a) for such tangible personal property that has been disposed of in the ordinary course of
business since such date or (b) where the failure to have good and valid title or leasehold interest, respectively, free and clear of Encumbrances except for Permitted Encumbrances would not have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as set forth
in Section 3.10 of the Company Disclosure Letter and except as relates to Intellectual Property, the property and assets (both tangible and intangible) of the Acquired Companies, taken as a whole, are sufficient for the conduct of their
respective businesses immediately following the Closing Date as presently conducted, without giving effect to any change of the business of the Acquired Companies taken after Closing. 

Section 3.11 Real Property. 

(a) None of the Acquired Companies owns any real property. Section 3.11(a) of the Company Disclosure Letter sets forth a list of all real
property (the “Leased Real Property”) currently leased to any Acquired Company by a third party pursuant to a lease, sublease or other similar agreement under which any Acquired Company is the lessee or sublessee as of the date
hereof (collectively, the “Company Leases”). Except as set forth on Section 3.11(b) of the Company Disclosure Letter, (a) each Company Lease (i) constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Acquired
Company party thereto, and (ii) assuming such Company Lease is binding and enforceable against the other parties thereto, is enforceable against the Acquired Company party thereto, except that such enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar Laws now or hereafter in effect relating to or affecting the rights and remedies of creditors and general principles of equity (whether considered in a proceeding at Law or in equity) and the
discretion of a court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought, (b) no Acquired Company is or, to the Knowledge of the Company, is alleged to be in breach of or default in any 

  
 -27- 

 
material respect under any Company Lease, (c) to the Knowledge of the Company, no counterparty is in breach of or default in any material respect under any Company Lease, (d) the
Acquired Company has not subleased, licensed or otherwise granted any Person the right to use or occupy such Leased Real Property or any portion thereof, (e) the Acquired Company has not collaterally assigned or granted any other security
interest in such Company Lease or any interest therein and (f) there is no condemnation, expropriation or other proceeding in eminent domain pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened, affecting any Leased Real Property or any
portion thereof or interest therein. There is no injunction, decree, order, writ or judgment outstanding, nor any claims, litigation, administrative actions or similar proceedings pending or, to the Company’s Knowledge, threatened, relating to
the ownership, lease, use or occupancy of the Real Property or any portion thereof, or the operation of the business of the Acquired Companies. 

Section 3.12 Taxes. 

Except as set forth in Section 3.12 of the Company Disclosure Letter: (a) the Acquired Companies have accurately and timely
filed (or have had filed upon their behalf) all material Tax Returns required to have been filed by or with respect to them (taking into account any extensions of time within which to file), whether required to be filed by an Acquired Company, ICG
Group, or any of their Affiliates or predecessors, and all such Tax Returns are complete and correct in all material respects; (b) the Acquired Companies have timely paid (or have had paid on their behalf) all Taxes required to be paid by them,
other than those Taxes (i) where payment is not yet due, or (ii) that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, and for which adequate reserves have been established on the Interim Balance Sheet in accordance with GAAP;
(c) the Acquired Companies have duly and timely withheld all material amounts required to be deducted or withheld under applicable Law and have timely paid to the appropriate Taxing Authorities all such deducted or withheld amounts;
(d) there are no pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened audits, claims, actions, suits, assessments, investigations or other similar proceedings with respect to Taxes for any Acquired Company; (e) all deficiencies asserted
or assessments made, if any, in connection with any Taxes of the Acquired Companies have been paid in full, unless the validity or amount thereof is being contested by the applicable Acquired Company (or any of its Affiliates) in good faith by
appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been established on the Interim Balance Sheet in accordance with GAAP; (f) the Acquired Companies have not executed or filed with any Governmental Entity (or have had executed or
filed on their behalf) any agreement extending the period for assessment or collection of any material Taxes, which agreement is still in effect; (g) no closing agreement pursuant to Section 7121 of the Code (or any similar provision of
state, local or foreign Law) has been entered into by or with respect to any Acquired Company; (h) no Acquired Company is, and none of the assets of any Acquired Company is an interest in, an entity that is treated as a partnership or
disregarded entity for Tax purposes; (i) no Acquired Company has engaged in any “listed transaction” as defined in Section 1.6011-4(b) of the Treasury Regulations; (j) there are no Encumbrances for Taxes upon any property or
assets of any of the Acquired Companies, other than Permitted Encumbrances; (k) no Acquired Company has been a party to any transaction governed by Section 355 of the Code; (l) no claim has been made by a Tax authority within the past
six (6) years in a jurisdiction where any Acquired Company does not file Tax Returns that such Acquired Company is or may be subject to Taxes assessed by such jurisdiction that has not yet been resolved; (m) the Company is not, and has not
been in the period specified in Section 897(c)(1)(A)(ii) of the Code, a U.S. real property holding corporation within the meaning of Section 897 of the Code; and (n) all related 

  
 -28- 

 
party transactions involving the Acquired Companies are in compliance with Section 482 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder and any comparable provision of Tax
Law. The representations and warranties made in this Section 3.12 (along with the representations and warranties set forth in Section 3.17) represent the sole and exclusive representations and warranties of the Acquired
Companies regarding Tax matters and this Section 3.12 may be relied upon only for Pre-Closing Tax Periods, and not for any Post-Closing Tax Period (other than with respect to a change in method of accounting under Section 481(c) of the
Code, an installment sale pursuant to Section 453 of the Code, a prepaid amount received on or prior to the Closing Date, an election under Section 108(i) of the Code or with respect to the net operating losses shown on the Tax Returns (or
pro forma Tax Returns prepared in connection with any consolidated, combined or unitary income Tax Returns) of the Company and its Subsidiaries). 

Section 3.13 Absence of Certain Changes. 

Except as set forth in Section 3.13 of the Company Disclosure Letter and as otherwise expressly contemplated or permitted by this
Agreement (a) since December 31, 2012, the businesses of the Acquired Companies have been conducted in the ordinary course of business, (b) since December 31, 2012, there has not occurred any change, event or condition that, individually
or in the aggregate, has resulted in or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and (c) the Acquired Companies have not taken or failed to take any of the actions set forth in Section 7.1 if such section
had been in effect since June 30, 2013. 
 Section 3.14 Company Contracts. 

(a) Section 3.14(a) of the Company Disclosure Letter sets forth a list of the following Contracts to which an Acquired Company is
a party (collectively, the “Company Contracts”): 
 (i) any Contract relating to Indebtedness for borrowed
money except for Indebtedness for an amount less than $25,000 or to placing an Encumbrance on any of the assets or Equity Interests of an Acquired Company other than any Permitted Encumbrance; 

(ii) loans or advances to, guarantees for the benefit of, or any investments in, any Persons in excess of $100,000 in the
aggregate; 
 (iii) any Contract with a customer the performance of which is reasonably likely to involve annual net revenue
in excess of $200,000; 
 (iv) any Contract with a vendor or supplier the performance of which is reasonably likely to
involve annual consideration in excess of $200,000 and that cannot be terminated by the Company within ninety (90) days of notice without penalty; 

(v) any Contract containing (x) “most favored nations” pricing terms or grants to any such customer of any
right of first offer or right of first refusal or exclusivity, (y) any provisions limiting the ability of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any line of business or to compete, in any material respect, with

  
 -29- 

 
any Person, or (z) any “non-solicitation”, “no hire”, “non-compete” or similar provisions which restrict the Company or any Acquired Company or Affiliates from
soliciting, hiring, engaging, retaining or employing any other Person’s current or former employees; 
 (vi) any
collective bargaining agreement or other Contract with any labor organization or other employee representative; 
 (vii) any
partnership, joint venture or similar Contract; 
 (viii) any Contract that relates to the future disposition or acquisition
of assets or properties for consideration in excess of $500,000 by any Acquired Company, or any merger or business combination with respect to any Acquired Company; 

(ix) any Contract pursuant to which any Acquired Company grants or receives a license to use, or other material rights with
respect to, any Intellectual Property (including covenants not-to-sue), other than non-exclusive license agreements entered into with customers in the ordinary course of business in connection with the provision of services, confidentiality
agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business, and non-exclusive licenses for commercially available, off-the-shelf or click-wrap Software with annual fees of less than $200,000; 

(x) any Contract with any employee or other individual service provider or consultant pursuant to which the Acquired Companies
provide annual compensation in excess of $200,000, other than any “at will” Contract that may be terminated by an Acquired Company upon thirty (30) days or less advance notice (or such period required by Applicable Law); 

(xi) any Contract involving the settlement of any action, liability or threatened action or contingent liability with respect
to which, as of the date of this Agreement (A) any unpaid amount exceeds $200,000, (B) conditions precedent to the settlement have not been satisfied or (C) has limitations on the operation of the business of the Acquired
Companies in any material respect; 
 (xii) any Contract with any Government Entity pursuant to which any Acquired Company
provides services or reasonably expects to provide services; 
 (xiii) any Contract the performance of which involves
payments of consideration by an Acquired Company in excess of $500,000 per year or $1,000,000 in the aggregate and which cannot be cancelled by the applicable Acquired Company upon thirty (30) days’ notice without premium or penalty; 

(xiv) any Contract agreement containing any provision or covenant that binds or purports to bind “Affiliates” of any
Acquired Company or that would otherwise bind or purport to bind Parent or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the Acquired Companies) after the Closing; or 

  
 -30- 

 (xv) any outstanding written or otherwise binding commitment to enter into any
agreement of the type described in subsections (i) through (xv) of this Section 3.14(a). 
 (b) Except as set forth in
Section 3.14(b) of the Company Disclosure Letter, (i) each Company Contract (A) is in full force and effect and constitutes a valid and binding obligation of each Acquired Company party thereto and, to the Knowledge of the
Company, the other parties thereto, and (B) assuming such Company Contract is binding and enforceable against the other parties thereto, is enforceable against each Acquired Company party thereto, except that such enforcement may be limited by
bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar Laws now or hereafter in effect relating to or affecting the rights and remedies of creditors and general principles of equity (whether considered in a proceeding at Law or in
equity) and the discretion of a court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought, (ii) no Acquired Company is or, to the Knowledge of the Company, is alleged to be in breach of or default in any material respect under any Company
Contract, and (iii) to the Knowledge of the Company, no counterparty is in breach of or default in any material respect under any Company Contract. A true, correct and complete copy of each Company Contract (including amendments thereto) has
been made available to Parent. 
 Section 3.15 Labor.  

(a) Except as disclosed in Section 3.15(a)(i) of the Company Disclosure Letter, none of the Acquired Companies is a party to any
collective bargaining agreement or any collective bargaining relationships with any labor organization. No labor strike, slowdown, lockout, picketing or work stoppage against any of the Acquired Companies is pending or, to the Knowledge of the
Company, threatened, and no such dispute has occurred since December 31, 2010. Except as set forth in Section 3.15(a)(ii) of the Company Disclosure Letter, no union organizing activities involving any labor organization and any
employees of any of the Acquired Companies are pending or threatened as of the date of this Agreement, and to the Knowledge of the Company no such activities have occurred since December 31, 2010. 

(b) Except as disclosed in Section 3.15(b) of the Company Disclosure Letter, each of the Acquired Companies is, and since
December 31, 2011 has remained, in material compliance with all Laws related to the employment of labor including wages and hours, worker classification, immigration, collective bargaining, and equal employment opportunity. Since
December 31, 2011, no Acquired Company has implemented any facility closing or employee layoffs requiring notice under the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act of 1988 or any similar Law (collectively, the “WARN
Act”). 
 (c) Except as disclosed in Section 3.15(c) of the Company Disclosure Letter, no unfair labor practice charge
or complaint is pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened against any of the Acquired Companies and no material charge or complaint has been made since December 31, 2011. Except as disclosed in Section 3.15(c) of the Company
Disclosure Letter, there are no pending, or to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened Actions against any Acquired Company (whether under regulation, contract, policy or otherwise) asserted by or on behalf of any present or former employee or job
applicant (or 

  
 -31- 

 
representative thereof) of any Acquired Company on account of or for any labor, workplace, wage and hour, safety, pay equity, discrimination, tax withholding or other employment practice or
policy, and no material Action has been filed against any Acquired Company since December 31, 2011. 
 Section 3.16
Compliance With Law. 
 (a) Except for Laws relating or attributable to Taxes, employees, environmental matters and employee
benefits, which shall be governed by Sections 3.12, 3.15, 3.16(b) and 3.17, respectively, and except as set forth in Section 3.16(a) of the Company Disclosure Letter, each of the Acquired Companies is in
compliance with and, since December 31, 2010, no Acquired Company has failed to comply with or has violated any applicable Law, except for noncompliance or violations which would not have or would not reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect. Except as set forth in Section 3.16(a) of the Company Disclosure Letter, each Acquired Company holds, to the extent required by Applicable Law all material Permits required for such Acquired Company to conduct its
business, as conducted on the date of this Agreement. 
 (b) Except as set forth in Section 3.16(b) of the Company Disclosure
Letter, the Acquired Companies: (i) are, and since December 31, 2010 have been, in compliance with all applicable Laws and regulations relating to human or worker health or safety (to the extent related to exposure to Hazardous
Substances), pollution or the protection of the environment (including from the Release of or exposure to Hazardous Substances) (“Environmental Laws”) except for any non-compliance as would not reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect; (ii) have obtained and are, and since December 31, 2010 have been, in compliance with all Permits required under Environmental Laws except for any failure to obtain or noncompliance which would not have or would
not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (iii) have not received written notice of any actions, claims or investigations by any Person alleging an Acquired Company has liability under, or is in non-compliance with, any
Environmental Laws except for such actions, claims or investigations that have been resolved in all material respects; (iv) have not treated, stored, disposed of, arranged for the disposal of, transported, exposed any Person to, or Released,
and have no liability for any Release of, any Hazardous Substances, in each case as would result in the Acquired Companies incurring any material liabilities pursuant to Environmental Laws; and (v) have made available to Parent copies of any
and all environmental site assessment reports or environmental compliance audit reports related to the Acquired Companies or any of their past or current properties, facilities or operations or other similar material reports in the possession,
custody or control of any Acquired Company. 
 (c) Since December 31, 2010, (i) the Acquired Companies have not committed any act
that could be deemed a violation of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, U.K. Bribery Act or any Laws of similar substance of any other jurisdiction (“Anti-Bribery Laws”); (ii) there has been no investigation or litigation
pursuant to any applicable Anti-Bribery Law pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened against any of the Acquired Companies; and (iii) none of the Acquired Companies has received any allegation, inquiry, information request, or
notice of any potential violation of any applicable Anti-Bribery Law.

  
 -32- 

 Section 3.17 Employee Benefit Plans. 

(a) Section 3.17(a)(i) of the Company Disclosure Letter sets forth a list as of the date of this Agreement of each Company Plan.
Except as set forth in Section 3.17(a)(ii) of the Company Disclosure Letter, no Company Plan covers employees of any Person other than the Acquired Companies. With respect to each Company Plan, the Company has, prior to the date of this
Agreement, made available to Parent true and complete copies of the Company Plan and any amendments thereto (or if the Company Plan is not a written Company Plan, a description thereof), any related trust or other funding vehicle, the current
summary plan description and the most recent Form 5500 required under ERISA or the Code and the most recent determination or opinion letter received from the Internal Revenue Service with respect to each Company Plan intended to qualify under
Section 401(a) of Code. 
 (b) None of any Acquired Company, any ERISA Affiliate or any Company Plan, and, to the Knowledge of the
Company, no trust created under any Company Plan nor trustee or administrator thereof, has engaged in a transaction in connection with which any Acquired Company, any Company Plan, any such trust, or any trustee or administrator thereof could be
subject to either a material civil penalty or material liability assessed pursuant to Section 409 or 502(i) of ERISA or a material tax imposed pursuant to Section 4975 or 4976 of the Code, and the Acquired Companies and ERISA Affiliates
have materially complied with and are in material compliance in all respects with Section 4980B of the Code and Sections 601-608 of ERISA with respect to any Plan. 

(c) Each Company Plan has been established, maintained, funded and administered in all material respects in accordance with its terms and in
compliance with applicable Law. The Acquired Companies have classified all employees and independent contractors who perform services for them correctly under each Company Plan, ERISA, the Code and other applicable Law and have not improperly
excluded any eligible employee from benefits under the Company Plans, except to the extent that could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. 

(d) No Acquired Company or ERISA Affiliate (i) maintains, contributes to, or is required to contribute to any employee pension benefit
plan subject to Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code, (ii) contributes to, or is required to contribute to any multiemployer plan as defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA, (iii) has any outstanding liability (contingent
or otherwise) relating to the withdrawal or partial withdrawal from a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA, (iv) maintains, contributes to, is required to contribute to, or has any liability with respect to a multiple
employer welfare arrangement within the meaning of Section 3(40) of ERISA or a multiple employer plan as described in Section 413(c) of the Code, or (v) outside the United States, contributes to, is required to contribute to, or has
any liability with respect to any defined benefit pension plan or Plan that has any material unfunded or underfunded liabilities. 
 (e)
Each Company Plan that is an “employee pension benefit plan” (within the meaning of ERISA Section 3(2)) intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination or opinion letter as to its
qualification. To the Knowledge of the Company, no event has occurred or circumstance exists that could reasonably be expected to adversely affect the tax-exempt status of any such Company Plan or a related trust. 

  
 -33- 

 (f) Except as set forth in Section 3.17(f) of the Company Disclosure Letter, no
Company Plan provides for post-employment or post-retirement health, medical or life insurance benefits for former employees or any Person, except as required under Section 4980B of the Code (for which the covered individual pays the full cost
of coverage) or otherwise except as may be required pursuant to any other applicable Law. 
 (g) With respect to each Company Plan, except
for claims for benefits in the ordinary course, no Action is pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened in writing, and to the Knowledge of the Company, no facts or circumstances exist that reasonably would be expected to give rise to
any such Actions. 
 (h) Except as set forth in Section 3.17(h) of the Company Disclosure Letter, the consummation of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement, alone or in combination with any other event, do not, (i) entitle any current or former employee or other service provider of the Acquired Companies to any change in control, retention, severance or
other similar payment under any Company Plan, or (ii) accelerate the time of payment, funding or vesting, or increase the amount of any compensation or benefit due to such employee or service provider or otherwise give rise to any material
obligation to fund or any material liability under any Company Plan. 
 (i) No payment which is or may be made by, from or with respect to
any Company Plan or otherwise to any current or former employee, officer or director of any Acquired Company in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement alone or in combination with any other event could properly be
characterized as an “excess parachute payment” under Section 280G of the Code or would be subject to an excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code. None of the Acquired Companies has any indemnity or gross-up obligation on or
after the Effective Time for any Taxes imposed under Section 4999 or Section 409A of the Code. 
 (j) The Liquidity Plans have
been properly terminated in accordance with their terms and applicable Law. 
 Section 3.18 Intellectual
Property. 
 (a) Section 3.18(a) of the Company Disclosure Letter sets forth a list of all
registered and applied for Patents, Trademark, Copyrights, and Domain Names owned by each Acquired Company, setting forth as to each such item, if applicable: (i) the owner of such item, (ii) the application or registration/issuance number
for such item, (iii) the date of application, registration or issuance of such item, and (iv) the jurisdiction in which such item is registered, issued or pending (collectively, the “Registered Intellectual Property”). The
Registered Intellectual Property has been duly applied for and registered (as applicable) in accordance with applicable Law. Except as set forth on Section 3.18(c) of the Company Disclosure Letter, no opposition, cancellation, re-examination, invalidation or other Action is pending challenging the extent, validity, 

  
 -34- 

 
enforceability or an Acquired Company’s ownership of any material Registered Intellectual Property. Section 3.18(a) of the Company Disclosure Letter also sets forth a list of all
(x) Software owned by each Acquired Company (the “Company Software”) and (y) material unregistered trademarks, service marks and trade names owned by each Acquired Company. 

(b) The Acquired Companies are the exclusive owners of all Company Intellectual Property free and clear of Encumbrances (except Permitted
Encumbrances and other licenses granted by the Acquired Companies in the ordinary course of business in connection with the sale, lease, or transfer of products or provision of services). None of the Intellectual Property necessary for, or used or
held for use in, the conduct of the business of the Acquired Companies is owned by or after giving effect to the Closing will be retained by ICG Group or any of its Affiliates (other than the Acquired Companies). 

(c) Except as set forth on Section 3.18(c) of the Company Disclosure Letter: (i) to the Knowledge of the Company, the conduct
of the business of the Acquired Companies as currently conducted does not infringe or misappropriate any Person’s Intellectual Property, (ii) there are no claims pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened against the Acquired
Companies, or that have been brought against any Acquired Company in the last two (2) years, alleging in any material respect infringement or misappropriation of any Person’s Intellectual Property; and (iii) to the Knowledge of the
Company, no Person is infringing or misappropriating in any material respect any Company Intellectual Property owned by the Acquired Companies, and (iv) there are no claims pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened in writing
against any Person in the past two (2) years by any Acquired Company alleging in any material respect such infringement or misappropriation. The material Company Intellectual Property is not subject to any outstanding consent, settlement,
decree, order, injunction, judgment or ruling restricting the use or ownership thereof in any material respect. 
 (d) The material
information technology systems used in the business by the Acquired Companies, including all computer hardware, Software, firmware, process automation and telecommunications systems (“IT Systems”), perform reliably and in material
conformance with the appropriate specifications or documentation for such systems. Since December 31, 2012, there have been no material failures, breakdowns, data security breaches, or other material adverse events affecting any such IT
Systems. The Acquired Companies maintain commercially reasonable security, disaster recovery and business continuity plans, and procedures and have taken commercially reasonable measures to protect the security and integrity of the IT Systems and
the data stored or contained therein or transmitted thereby. 
 (e) The Acquired Companies have taken commercially reasonable actions to
maintain, enforce, and protect material Company Intellectual Property. All former and current employees, agents, consultants and independent contractors of the Acquired Companies who have contributed to the creation or development of any material
Company Intellectual Property have executed agreements pursuant to which such Person agrees to protect the confidential information of the Acquired Companies and assign to an Acquired Company all Intellectual Property created or developed by such
Person in the course of such Person’s employment or other relationship with such Acquired Company. 

  
 -35- 

 (f) No source code for any Company Software has been delivered, licensed, or otherwise made
available to any escrow agent or other Person who is not an employee of the Acquired Companies or a consultant of the Acquired Companies who has entered into a written agreement to protect the confidential information of the Acquired Companies, and
except as set forth in Section 3.18(f) of the Company Disclosure Letter, the Acquired Companies do not have any duty or obligation (whether present or contingent) to deliver, license or make available such source code for any Company
Software to any escrow agent or other Person. 
 (g) Except as set forth in Section 3.18(g) of the Company Disclosure Letter,
none of the material Company Software contains any open source, public source, freeware, or other similar Software that requires the disclosure, licensing or distribution of any Company Software source code or otherwise imposes any limitation,
condition or restriction on the right of the Acquired Companies to use, license, sell, distribute, or otherwise exploit, any Company Software or charge for the same. 

Section 3.19 Brokers’ Fees. 

Except as set forth in Section 3.19 of the Company Disclosure Letter, no broker, investment banker, financial advisor or other
Person is entitled to any broker’s, finder’s, financial advisor’s or other similar fee or commission in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of
the Company. For the avoidance of doubt, any fees, commissions or expenses set forth in Section 3.19 of the Company Disclosure Letter shall be considered Transaction Expenses. 

Section 3.20 Insurance. 

Set forth in Section 3.20 of the Company Disclosure Letter is a list of all material policies of insurance currently owned, held
or maintained by, at the expense of or for the benefit of any Acquired Company as of the date hereof. All such policies are in full force and effect as of the date hereof and all premiums with respect thereto concerning all periods up to and
including the Effective Time will have been paid. There are no pending claims against any such insurance policy as to which the insurers have denied liability. No Acquired Company has received any written notice of cancellation, amendment or dispute
as to coverage with respect to any such policies. 
 Section 3.21 Affiliate Transactions. 

Section 3.21 of the Company Disclosure Letter sets forth all Contracts, between any Acquired Company, on the one hand, and
Affiliates or with any director or officer of any Acquired Company or any Affiliate of an Acquired Company (including ICG Group and ICG Holdings) (each, an “Affiliate Contract”), including, for the avoidance of doubt, the directors
and officers, of the Company (other than an Acquired Company), on the other hand, that are currently in effect or were in effect at any time since December 31, 2010. Except as set forth in Section 3.21 of the Company Disclosure
Letter, after giving effect to the Closing, there will be no Company Contracts, Company Leases or transactions between any Acquired Company, on the one hand, and any Affiliate of an Acquired Company (including ICG Group and ICG Holdings, but
excluding any Acquired Company), on the other hand. 

  
 -36- 

 Section 3.22 Vote Required. 

The approval of a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock is the only vote of the stockholders of the Company required to adopt this
Agreement and approve the Merger. 
 Section 3.23 Material Customers and Vendors. 

(a) Section 3.23(a) of the Company Disclosure Letter contains a list of the top fifteen (15) customers of the Acquired
Companies on the basis of revenues during the year ended December 31, 2012 (the “Material Customers”). Since December 31, 2012 through the date of this Agreement, no Material Customer has cancelled, terminated or
materially and adversely modified, or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened in writing to cancel, terminate or materially and adversely modify (including by materially decreasing the rate or amount of services obtained from the Acquired
Companies) its relationship with any of the Acquired Companies. 
 (b) Section 3.23(b) of the Company Disclosure Letter contains
a list of the top ten (10) vendors, subcontractors or suppliers of the Acquired Companies on the basis of amounts paid by the Acquired Companies for goods or services rendered during the year ended December 31, 2012 (the “Material
Vendors”). Since December 31, 2012 through the date of this Agreement, no Material Vendor has cancelled, terminated or materially and adversely modified, or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened in writing to cancel, terminate
or materially and adversely modify its relationship with any of the Acquired Companies. 
 Section 3.24 Data Privacy.

 The conduct of the Acquired Companies’ businesses as conducted since December 31, 2012 and as currently proposed by the Acquired
Companies to be conducted does not violate or conflict with, and has not violated or conflicted with, any material obligation of confidentiality or use to any other Person. The Acquired Companies have collected, stored, maintained, processed, and
disposed personal information from customers and employees materially in accordance with applicable data protection and privacy Laws and applicable Contracts. 

Section 3.25 Opinion of Financial Advisor. 

The Company has received the opinion of Evercore Group L.L.C., dated the date of this Agreement, to the effect that, as of such date and based
upon and subject to the factors, assumptions and qualifications set forth therein, the consideration to be paid to the Stockholders pursuant to the Merger is fair, from a financial point of view, to such Stockholders. The Company will provide a copy
of the signed written opinion to Parent for informational purposes only promptly following its receipt by the Company. 

  
 -37- 

 ARTICLE IV 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF ICG GROUP 

ICG Group, for itself and, solely with respect to Section 4.2, the Stakeholder Representative, represents and warrants to Parent
and Merger Subsidiary as follows: 
 Section 4.1 Organization and Good Standing. 

ICG Group is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the State of Delaware. ICG Group is
qualified or otherwise authorized to act as a foreign corporation and is in good standing under the Laws of every other jurisdiction in which such qualification or authorization is necessary under applicable Law, except where the failure to be so
qualified or otherwise authorized and in good standing would not have a Material Adverse Effect. 
 Section 4.2 Authorization by
ICG Group and the Stakeholder Representative. 
 Each of ICG Group and the Stakeholder Representative has all requisite corporate
power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement and any other Transaction Agreements to which it is a party and to consummate the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The
execution, delivery and performance by each of ICG Group and the Stakeholder Representative of the Transaction Agreements to which it is a party and the consummation by ICG Group and the Stakeholder Representative of the transactions contemplated by
the Transaction Agreements to which it is a party have been or, for those Transaction Agreements to be executed following the date hereof, will be prior to Closing duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of ICG
Group and the Stakeholder Representative and no other corporate action, proceedings, approvals or vote on the part of either ICG Group or the Stakeholder Representative or their stockholders are necessary to authorize the execution, delivery and
performance by each of ICG Group and the Stakeholder Representative of the Transaction Agreements to which it is a party or to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreements to which it is a party. The Transaction Agreements
to which either ICG Group and the Stakeholder Representative are a party have been or will be at the Closing duly executed and delivered by each of ICG Group and the Stakeholder Representative, as applicable, and, assuming due authorization,
execution and delivery by the other parties thereto, constitute a valid and binding obligation of each of ICG Group and the Stakeholder Representative, enforceable against each of ICG Group and the Stakeholder Representative in accordance with the
terms therein, except that such enforcement may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance or other similar Laws now or hereafter in effect relating to or affecting the rights and remedies of
creditors and general principles of equity (whether considered in a proceeding at Law or in equity) and the discretion of a court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought. 

  
 -38- 

 Section 4.3 Ownership of Common Stock. 

ICG Group is the beneficial owner (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of the Common Stock designated as being owned by
ICG Holdings in Section 3.5 of the Company Disclosure Letter. ICG Holdings has the sole right to transfer such Common Stock in connection with the Merger and the Common Stock owned by ICG Holdings is a sufficient number of shares of Common
Stock to enforce the “drag-along” rights referred to in Section 7.1 of the Stockholders Agreement. 
 Section 4.4
Absence of Claims by ICG Group. 
 Except as set forth in Section 4.4 of the Company Disclosure Letter, ICG Group has
no claim against any Acquired Company whether present or future, contingent or unconditional, fixed or variable under any Contract or on any other basis whatsoever, whether in equity or at Law. 

Section 4.5 No Conflict. 

Except as set forth in Section 4.5 of the Company Disclosure Letter, neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement by ICG
Group, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or performance by ICG Group of its obligations set forth herein, will (i) violate any provision of the Organizational Documents of ICG Group, (ii) violate or
conflict with, or result (with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both) in a violation of or constitute a default (or give rise to any right of termination, cancellation or acceleration) under any Contract to which ICG Group is a party or by
which ICG Group is bound or by which any of its properties or assets is subject or (iii) violate any Law applicable to ICG Group or any of its properties or assets. 

ARTICLE V 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF 

PARENT AND MERGER SUBSIDIARY 

Parent and Merger Subsidiary jointly and severally represent and warrant to the Company and ICG Group as follows: 

Section 5.1 Organization and Good Standing of Parent and Merger Subsidiary. 

Parent is a corporation duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the State of Delaware. Each of Parent and Merger
Subsidiary has the requisite power and authority to own, lease, and operate its properties and to carry on its businesses as now conducted. Merger Subsidiary is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of
the State of Delaware. 

  
 -39- 

 Section 5.2 Authorization of Transaction by Parent and Merger
Subsidiary. 
 Each of Parent and Merger Subsidiary has all requisite power (corporate or otherwise) and authority to execute,
deliver and perform their obligations under the Transaction Agreements to which it is a party, and to consummate the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreements. The execution, delivery and performance by each of
Parent and Merger Subsidiary of the Transaction Agreements to which it is a party and the consummation by each of them of the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreements have been or will be prior to Closing duly and
validly authorized by all necessary action (corporate or otherwise) on the part of Parent and Merger Subsidiary and no other proceedings (corporate or otherwise) on the part of Parent or Merger Subsidiary is necessary to authorize the execution,
delivery and performance of the Transaction Agreements or to consummate the Merger or the other transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreements other than the adoption of this Agreement by Parent in its capacity as the sole stockholder of
Merger Subsidiary. The Transaction Agreements to which either Parent or Merger Subsidiary (or both) is a party have been or will be at the Closing duly executed and delivered by Parent or Merger Subsidiary (or both), as the case may be, and,
assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the Company, ICG Group and the Stakeholder Representative, constitute, or will constitute at the Closing, a valid and binding obligation of Parent or Merger Subsidiary (or both), as the case may
be, enforceable against them in accordance with the terms therein, except that such enforcement may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance or other similar Laws now or hereafter in effect
relating to or affecting the rights and remedies of creditors and general principles of equity (whether considered in a proceeding at Law or in equity) and the discretion of a court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought. 

Section 5.3 Governmental Filings. 

Assuming the truth and accuracy of the Company’s representations and warranties in Section 3.4 and ICG Group’s
representations and warranties in Section 4.5, no Governmental Filings are required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Parent or Merger Subsidiary or the consummation of the Merger, except
(a) Governmental Filings under the HSR Act, (b) Governmental Filings under Foreign Antitrust Merger Control Laws, (c) the filing of the Certificate of Merger with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, or (d) such other
Governmental Filing the failure of which to be obtained or made has not and would not reasonably be expected to materially impair or delay Parent’s or Merger Subsidiary’s ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement. 
 Section 5.4 No Conflict or Violation. 

The execution, delivery and performance by Parent and Merger Subsidiary of the Transaction Agreements and the consummation by Parent and Merger
Subsidiary of the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreements do not or will not: (a) assuming all Governmental Filings described in Section 3.4 and Section 5.3 have been obtained or
made, materially violate any applicable Law to which Parent or Merger Subsidiary is subject; (b) result in a violation or breach of, or constitute a default under, result in the 

  
 -40- 

 
acceleration of, create in any party the right to accelerate, terminate or cancel any Contract to which Parent or Merger Subsidiary is a party, except as has not had and would not reasonably be
expected to, individually or in the aggregate, impair or delay Parent’s or Merger Subsidiary’s ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; or (c) violate any provision contained in the Organizational
Documents of Parent or Merger Subsidiary. 
 Section 5.5 Legal Proceedings. 

As of the date of this Agreement, there are no material Actions pending or, to the knowledge of Parent, threatened (a) against Parent or
Merger Subsidiary or their respective assets or properties or their respective directors or officers in their capacity as such or (b) that seek to challenge the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or seek to enjoin or prohibit
consummation of, or seek other equitable relief with respect to, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Neither Parent nor Merger Subsidiary is subject to any judgment, order or decree, which would impair or delay Parent’s or Merger
Subsidiary’s ability to consummate the Merger or the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement. 
 Section 5.6
Funding. 
 Parent has sufficient cash on hand or other sources of immediately available funds to enable each of Parent and
Merger Subsidiary to (a) satisfy all of its obligations under the Transaction Agreements and (b) to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreements, including the payment of all amounts required to be paid pursuant
to this Agreement. Each of Parent and Merger Subsidiary acknowledges and agrees that its obligations to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby are not contingent upon its or any other Person’s ability to obtain any third party
financing. 
 Section 5.7 Investment Representation. 

Parent is acquiring the Company for its own account with the present intention of holding the securities of the Company for investment purposes
and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any public distribution of such securities in violation of any federal or state securities Laws. Parent has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and investments in
general that make it capable of evaluating the merits and risks of this Agreement. Parent acknowledges that it has been afforded the opportunity to ask such questions as it has deemed necessary of, and to receive answers from, representatives of the
Company and the Acquired Companies concerning the merits and risks of investing in the Acquired Companies and access to information about the Acquired Companies, their results of operations, financial condition and cash flow, and their businesses
generally. Parent and Merger Subsidiary are each an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act. 

Section 5.8 Due Diligence Review; Projections. 

Parent acknowledges that it has conducted its own due diligence investigation with respect to the Acquired Companies. Parent acknowledges and
agrees that it is purchasing the Equity Interests of the Company, subject only to the representations and warranties of the Company contained in Article III and of ICG Group contained in Article IV. In connection with

  
 -41- 

 
Parent’s investigation of the Company, Parent has received from or on behalf of the Company certain projections, including projected statements of operating revenues and income from
operations of the Companies for the fiscal years ending 2013 through 2015 and certain business plan information for such fiscal years. Parent acknowledges that there are uncertainties inherent in attempting to make such estimates, projections and
other forecasts and plans, that Parent is familiar with such uncertainties and neither the Company nor any other Person makes any representations or warranties whatsoever with respect to such estimates, projections and other forecasts and plans
(including the reasonableness of the assumptions underlying such estimates, projections and forecasts). 
 Section 5.9
Brokers’ Fees. 
 Except as set forth in Section 5.9 of the Company Disclosure Letter, no broker, investment
banker, financial advisor or other Person is entitled to any broker’s, finder’s, financial advisor’s or other similar fee or commission in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement based upon
arrangements made by or on behalf of Parent. 
 ARTICLE VI 

NO OTHER REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES 

Except for the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement or the other Transaction Agreements, none of Parent, Merger
Subsidiary, the Company, ICG Group, Stakeholder Representative or any other Person on behalf of Parent, Merger Subsidiary, the Company, ICG Group, Stakeholder Representative or any of their respective Subsidiaries, makes any express or implied
representation or warranty with respect to Parent and Merger Subsidiary on one hand, or the Company, ICG Group, Stakeholder Representative or any of their respective Subsidiaries, on the other hand, or with respect to any other information provided
to Parent, Merger Subsidiary, the Company, their respective Subsidiaries, agents or representatives in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. 

ARTICLE VII 
 COVENANTS

 Section 7.1 Conduct of the Company’s Business. 

During the period from the date of this Agreement until the earlier of the Closing or the termination of this Agreement in accordance with its
terms, except (i) as expressly contemplated, required or permitted by this Agreement, (ii) as required by applicable Law, (iii) as set forth in Section 7.1 of the Company Disclosure Letter, or (iv) as consented to by
Parent in writing (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), the Company shall, and shall cause the Company’s Subsidiaries to, (x) conduct their respective businesses and operations in the ordinary course
of business consistent with past practice, (y) use commercially reasonable efforts to preserve substantially its business organization and to preserve the present relationships with employees, customers, suppliers, subcontractors, and vendors
and, (z) subject to clauses (i) through (iv) above, the Company shall not, and shall cause each of the Company’s Subsidiaries not to: 

  
 -42- 

 (a) authorize or effect any amendment to or change its Organizational Documents in any material
respect; 
 (b) issue or authorize issuance of any Equity Interests (other than upon the exercise of the Options outstanding on the date of
the Agreement in accordance with their existing terms), or grant any options, warrants, or other rights to purchase or obtain any of its Equity Interests; or sell or otherwise dispose of any of the Equity Interests of the Company or a Subsidiary;

 (c) sell, lease, license (other than as conducted in the ordinary course of business), transfer or otherwise dispose or permit the
cancellation, abandonment or dedication to the public domain of any of the material property rights, whether tangible or intangible (including Intellectual Property), or assets of the Acquired Companies and other than as required pursuant to Company
Contracts in effect as of the date of this Agreement; 
 (d) in any transaction or a related series of transactions or acquisitions, acquire
by merger, consolidation, combination or acquisition of stock or assets, any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other business organization or division thereof or interest therein; 

(e) make any capital expenditure or expenditures, which individually exceed $25,000 or in the aggregate exceed $500,000; 

(f) cancel, compromise or settle any Action, or affirmatively waive or release any rights or claims, of any Acquired Company (other than in
respect of the collection of receivables as conducted in the ordinary course of business and permitted pursuant to clause (k)); 
 (g) make
any changes to its accounting principles or practices, other than as may be required by Law, GAAP or generally accepted accounting principles in the jurisdictions of incorporation or formation of the relevant Acquired Company; 

(h) adopt or change any material Tax accounting period or method of Tax accounting, file any amended Tax Return, make, change or rescind any
material Tax election, enter into any Tax closing agreement, settle any Tax audit, claim or assessment, surrender or abandon any right to claim a Tax refund or credit, or consent to any extension or waiver of the limitation period applicable to any
Tax claim or assessment; 
 (i) discontinue any business material to the Acquired Companies, taken as a whole; 

(j) incur Indebtedness or any obligations under any interest rate, currency or hedging agreements that will not be repaid on or before the
Closing Date; 
 (k) other than in the ordinary course of business, change in any material respect the policies or practices of any Acquired
Company with regard to the extension of discounts or credit to customers or collection of receivables from customers; 

  
 -43- 

 (l) enter into or adopt a plan or agreement of recapitalization, reorganization, merger or
consolidation or adopt a plan of complete or partial liquidation or dissolution; 
 (m) (i) materially increase the base salary, benefits,
bonus or incentive compensation, change in control benefits or severance benefits of any employee, officer, director or other service provider of any Acquired Company or (ii) hire any new employees, unless (A) such hiring is in the
ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and (B) in the event the new employee shall have an annual base salary and incentive compensation opportunity equal to or greater than $150,000 so long as such new employee has an annual
base salary and incentive compensation opportunity not exceeding the base salary and incentive compensation opportunity of the predecessor of such new employee or any current employee in a comparable position, (iii) make any loan to any
employee or other service provider, or (iv) terminate the service of any executive officer or other employee that has signed an employee agreement with any Acquired Company or Parent or any of its Affiliates (other than for cause); 

(n) enter into or adopt any new, or materially increase benefits under or renew, establish, adopt, terminate or amend any Company Plan (other
than amendments required by Law or required to maintain the tax-qualified status of any Company Plan under Code Section 401(a)) or take any action to accelerate the payment, funding, right to payment or vesting of any compensation or benefits
except as otherwise contemplated by this Agreement; 
 (o) enter into any collective bargaining or similar agreement with any labor
organization, works council or other employee representative; 
 (p) other than in the ordinary course of business, amend, modify, extend,
renew or terminate any Company Lease or enter into any new lease, sublease, license or other agreement for the use or occupancy of any real property; 

(q) implement any plant closings or employee layoffs that could implicate the WARN Act; 

(r) transfer the employment or service of any individual service provider to or from any Acquired Company, other than between Acquired
Companies; 
 (s) modify or enter into any Affiliate Contract or other transaction with, directly or indirectly, any current or former
director, officer or Affiliate of the Company (other than any Acquired Company); 
 (t) enter into, amend or modify, in any material
respect, or terminate, or waive any material rights under, any (1) Company Contract or (2) Contract that, if in effect on the date hereof, would have been a Company Contract, except in each case, in the ordinary course of business
consistent with past practice (provided that the foregoing exception shall not permit (x) entering into a Contract that would constitute a Company Contract under any of Sections 3.14(a)(v) through (viii) (except that this
clause (x) shall not apply to Customer Contracts with “no hire” provisions entered into in the ordinary course of business), (xii) or (xv) if in effect as of the date hereof); (y) entering into, amending
or modifying any Contract which contains a change of control or similar provision that would require a payment to, or otherwise 

  
 -44- 

 
require consent from, the other party or parties thereto in connection with the Merger or other transactions contemplated hereby or (z) entering into any Contract or amendment or
modification to any Contract as expressly prohibited in Section 7.1(t) of the Company Disclosure Letter); or 
 (u) agree or otherwise
commit to take any of the actions prohibited by the foregoing Section 7.1(a) through Section 7.1(t) above. 

Section 7.2 Publicity. 

Parent, the Company and ICG Group agree to communicate with each other and cooperate with each other prior to any public disclosure of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Parent, the Company and ICG Group agree that no public release or announcement concerning the terms of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be issued by any party without the prior
consent of Parent, the Company and ICG Group, except (a) as such release or announcement, upon the advice of outside counsel, is required by Law, in which case the party required to make the release or announcement, shall, to the extent
practicable, allow the other parties reasonable time to comment on such release or announcement in advance of such issuance, and (b) ICG Group shall make a public announcement regarding this Agreement (which comments the party required to make
the release or announcement shall consider in good faith), including public disclosure on Current Report on Form 8-K; provided that such announcement is required by Law and Parent shall be given an opportunity to review and comment upon any
such public announcement before it is filed and ICG Group shall consider such comments in good faith. 
 Section 7.3
Confidentiality. 
 (a) Parent and its representatives shall treat all nonpublic information obtained in connection with this
Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement as confidential in accordance with the terms of the Confidentiality Agreement. If this Agreement is, for any reason, terminated prior to the Closing, the Confidentiality Agreement shall
continue in full force and effect as provided in Section 10.2 in accordance with its terms. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or in any of the other Transaction Agreements, for a period of three (3) years
following the Closing, (i) all confidential information of the Company as of the date of the Closing will constitute confidential information of Parent (and not any former Holder), irrespective of whether such confidential information was
identified or otherwise designated as “confidential”; (ii) Parent will have no obligations whatsoever under the Confidentiality Agreement with respect to such confidential information of the Company and (iii) with respect to such
confidential information of the Company, ICG Group, the Stakeholder Representative and each former Holder will hold, and will take reasonable measures to cause their respective stockholders, officers, counsel, advisors, employees and any other
representatives to hold, such confidential information in confidence, in accordance with the Confidentiality Agreement as if they were a party to the Confidentiality Agreement. 

  
 -45- 

 (b) At the Closing, in the event that consent to assignment is not required under the terms of
any such agreement, ICG Group and the Company shall assign to Parent in whole or in part all rights under any nondisclosure or confidentiality agreement entered into with any potential acquirer in connection with the possible sale, directly or
indirectly, of the Acquired Companies (but not the other Subsidiaries of ICG Group) (but only to the extent related to the Acquired Companies). For any such nondisclosure or confidentiality agreement that is not assignable pursuant to the
immediately preceding sentence, ICG Group shall make Parent reasonably aware of the terms thereof and if requested by Parent in writing, ICG Group shall enforce for the benefit of the Acquired Companies any such nondisclosure and confidentiality
agreement as directed by Parent; provided that Parent shall pay for all costs and expenses related to such ICG Group’s enforcement of such agreement, including an allocation for the cost of internal time. 

(c) ICG Group agrees that upon the Closing, neither ICG Group nor any of its Subsidiaries shall have any rights or remedies against Parent or
any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates (including Accenture LLP) under the Confidentiality Agreement with respect to Confidential Information (as such term is defined in the Confidentiality Agreement) related to any of the Acquired Companies, and ICG
Group agrees that all such Confidential Information relating to the business of the Acquired Companies shall be considered Confidential Information of Accenture LLP pursuant to the Confidentiality Agreement. 

Section 7.4 Access to Information; Financial Statements. 

(a) Access Prior to Closing. Between the date hereof and the Closing Date, ICG Group and the Company shall, upon the reasonable request
of Parent, provide to Parent and its authorized representatives during normal business hours reasonable access to all books, records and properties of ICG Group and its Subsidiaries related to the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, and
shall furnish, and shall cause their Subsidiaries to furnish, Parent with such financial and operating data and other information with respect to the business and properties of the Company and its Subsidiaries as Parent may from time to time
reasonably request. All of such information shall be treated as Confidential Information pursuant to the terms of, and as such term is defined in, the Confidentiality Agreement. At or before Closing, the Company will deliver a copy of all documents
in the electronically accessible data room provided in connection with the Merger to Parent on compact disc or DVD. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) no such access shall be permitted to the extent that it would require any
Acquired Company to disclose information subject to attorney-client or similar privilege and (ii) except for contact made in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices, neither Parent nor its representatives shall contact
any suppliers to, or customers of, the Company regarding the Company prior to the Closing without first obtaining the written consent of the Company. 

(b) Access After the Closing. Parent shall cause the Surviving Corporation or any of its respective Affiliates or for any other
purpose, for the five-year period commencing on the Closing Date, the Company (or its successor) will provide the Stakeholder Representative and its authorized representatives access (including the right to make photocopies) to all books and records
of the Company and its Subsidiaries (or their successors) and other written information with respect to the Company and its Subsidiaries (or their 

  
 -46- 

 
successors) as the Stakeholder Representative or ICG Group and its Subsidiaries (or their successors), respectively, provided that the Stakeholder Representative, on the one hand, and
Parent, the Surviving Corporation or any of their Subsidiaries, on the other hand, are not engaged in litigation or any other dispute resolution process (including any claim for indemnification hereunder) and there does not exist any threatened or
pending claim (whether written or oral) between the Parties with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. ICG Group shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to provide the Surviving Corporation, Parent and their authorized
representatives access (including the right to make photocopies) to all books and records of ICG Group and its Subsidiaries (or their successors), Parent and the Surviving Corporation may from time to time request for any legitimate business purpose
or to comply with regulatory requirements. The Company and ICG Group shall use commercially reasonable efforts to preserve and keep all material books and records of or relating to the Company and its Subsidiaries relating to the period prior to the
Closing for a period of at least five (5) years from the Closing Date. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no such access shall be permitted to the extent that it (x) would require any party to disclose information subject to
attorney-client or similar privilege, (y) would cause significant competitive harm to any party or (z) would be in violation of applicable Laws or the provisions of any agreement to which such party is a party. 

(c) Financial Statements. 

(i) Each of the parties hereto acknowledges that ICG Group will, following the Closing, file with the SEC certain consolidated financial
statements that embody, among other things, (A) the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012, the audited consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income,
stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries for the years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2012 and the unaudited consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, stockholders’
equity and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2012 (such financial statements, together, the “Historical Consolidated Financial Statements”), (B) the unaudited
consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries as of September 30, 2013 and the unaudited consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company and its
subsidiaries for the quarter ended September 30, 2013 (such financial statements, together, the “Q3 Consolidated Financial Statements”), (C) the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries as
of the later to occur of the Closing and December 31, 2013 and the unaudited consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries from January 1, 2013
through the later to occur of the Closing and December 31, 2013 (such financial statements, together, the “2013 Consolidated Financial Statements”) and (D) in the event that the Closing occurs after December 31, 2013,
financial statements substantially similar in form to the Q3 Consolidated Financial Statements for each calendar quarter that begins prior to the Closing (such financial statements, together, the “2014 Quarterly Consolidated Financial
Statements” and, together with the Historical Consolidated Financial Statements, the Q3 Consolidated Financial Statements, and the 2013 Consolidated Financial Statements, the “Consolidated Financial Statements”). 

  
 -47- 

 (ii) Parent hereby consents to ICG Group’s filing of the Consolidated Financial Statements
(and any and all amendments thereto or restatements thereof) with the SEC. In order to make possible the filing by ICG Group of the aforementioned financial statements, Parent shall, prior to ICG Group’s filing or re-filing of any Consolidated
Financial Statements (or any amendments thereto or restatements thereof) with the SEC, (x) provide ICG Group and its representatives with access, during normal business hours and in a manner so as not to interfere with its normal business
operations, to any and all books, records and accounting work papers underlying or relating to such Consolidated Financial Statements and (y) permit ICG Group and its representatives to make such copies and inspections thereof as may reasonably
be requested in each case so that ICG Group may prepare the financial statements required to be filed by it with the SEC as contemplated by this Section 7.4(c). ICG Group and its representatives shall use the foregoing information only
for purposes related to the foregoing financial statements and hold any and all such information in strict confidence, subject to its requirement to disclose such information pursuant to applicable law, including as contemplated hereby. ICG Group
shall be responsible for the payment and/or reimbursement of any and all costs and expenses related to Parent’s performance of its obligations hereunder, including an allocation for the cost of internal time. Parent shall not be required to
take responsibility or assume liability for any financial statements prepared by ICG Group as contemplated by this Section 7.4(c). 

(iii) Parent acknowledges that a breach or threatened breach of this Section 7.4(c) would give rise to irreparable harm to ICG
Group, for which monetary damages would not be an adequate remedy, and hereby agrees that in the event of a breach or a threatened breach by Parent of any such obligations, ICG Group shall, in addition to any and all other rights and remedies that
may be available to it in respect of such breach, be entitled to equitable relief, including a temporary restraining order, an injunction, specific performance and any other relief that may be available from a court of competent jurisdiction
(without any requirement to post bond). 
 Section 7.5 Filings and Authorizations. 

(a) Each party hereto shall (i) make the filings required of it or any of its Subsidiaries under the HSR Act in connection with this
Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, as soon as practicable, but in any event no later than ten (10) Business Days following the date hereof, (ii) make the pre-merger filings (if any) required of it or any of its Affiliates
under any applicable merger control Laws or any applicable Foreign Antitrust Merger Control Laws in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby as soon as practicable, (iii) reasonably comply at the earliest
practicable date and after consultation with the Company or Parent, as applicable, with any request for additional information or documentary material received by the other or any of its Affiliates from any applicable Governmental Entity in
connection with filings required under the HSR Act, any other applicable merger control laws or any applicable Foreign Antitrust Merger Control Laws, (iv) reasonably cooperate with one another (including furnishing all reasonably necessary
information and reasonable assistance as the other may request) in connection with any filing 

  
 -48- 

 
under the HSR Act and all other applicable merger control laws or any applicable Foreign Antitrust Merger Control Laws and in connection with resolving any investigation or other inquiry
concerning the transactions contemplated by this Agreement initiated by any Governmental Entity, (v) use its reasonable best efforts to secure the early termination of any waiting periods under the HSR Act and the receipt of any clearances,
approvals, or confirmations from Governmental Entities in other countries in which any filings pursuant to any applicable Foreign Antitrust Merger Control Laws have been made in order to permit the consummation of the transactions contemplated
hereby at the earliest possible date, and (vi) not enter into any transaction to acquire any Person or assets, or any agreement to effect any such transaction that would reasonably be expected to delay beyond the Outside Date the obtaining of
any approval or to extend any waiting period under the HSR Act, any applicable Foreign Antitrust Merger Control Laws or any other applicable merger control laws with respect to the Merger or the other transactions contemplated hereby or to result in
any Governmental Entity obtaining any injunction, temporary restraining order or other order that would materially delay or prevent the Merger. Each party hereto shall promptly inform the other party of any communication (whether oral or written)
made to, or received by, such party from any Governmental Entity regarding any of the transactions contemplated hereby, and promptly provide a copy of any such written communication, or a written summary of any such oral communication, to the other
party. The filing fees assessed under the HSR Act, any other applicable merger control laws and any applicable Foreign Antitrust Merger Control Laws shall be the responsibility of, and shall be paid by, Parent. 

(b) All analyses, appearances, meetings, discussions, presentations, memoranda, briefs, filings, arguments, and proposals made by or on behalf
of any Party before any Governmental Entity or the staff or regulators of any Governmental Entity, in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby shall be disclosed to the other Party hereunder in advance of any filing, submission or
attendance, it being the intent that the parties will consult and cooperate with one another, and consider in good faith the views of one another, in connection with any such analyses, appearances, meetings, discussions, presentations, memoranda,
briefs, filings, arguments, and proposals. Each Party shall give sufficient prior notice to the other Party with respect to any meeting, discussion, appearance or contact with any Governmental Entity or the staff or regulators of any Governmental
Entity in order to provide the other Party with the opportunity to attend and participate in such meeting, discussion, appearance or contact. Nothing in this Section 7.5 or in Section 7.4(a) shall require a Party to provide
access to, or disclose any information to, the other Party if such access or disclosure, in the good faith reasonable belief of the disclosing party, (x) would cause significant competitive harm to the any of the disclosing party if the
transactions contemplated by hereby are not consummated, (y) would waive any legal privilege, or (z) would be in violation of applicable Laws (including the HSR Act, any other applicable merger control laws or any applicable Foreign
Antitrust Merger Control Laws) or the provisions of any agreement to which such Party is a Party. 
 Section 7.6 Director and
Officer Liability; Indemnification. 
 (a) Indemnity Agreements. From and after the Closing, the Company shall, and shall
cause the Acquired Companies to, take any necessary actions to provide that all rights to indemnification and all limitations on liability existing in favor of any current or former officers or directors of any of the Acquired Companies (or their
respective predecessors) 

  
 -49- 

 
(collectively, the “Company Indemnitees”), as provided in (i) the Organizational Documents of any of the Acquired Companies in effect on the date of this Agreement, or
(ii) any agreement providing for indemnification by any Acquired Company of any of the Company Indemnitees in effect on the date of this Agreement and listed on Section 7.6 of the Company Disclosure Letter (an “Indemnity
Agreement”), shall survive the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and continue in full force and effect on equal or more favorable terms (including, at the option of Parent, in new indemnity agreements), and be
honored by Parent and the Acquired Companies after the Closing. 
 (b) D&O Insurance. Effective immediately after the Closing,
Parent shall, for the benefit of the Company’s directors and officers covered by the officers’ and directors’ liability insurance policies held by or for the benefit of the Company in effect on the date of this Agreement (the
“Current Policies”), cause coverage to be extended under the Current Policies by obtaining, at Parent’s sole expense, a “tail” policy (the “Tail Policy”) from an insurer with a Standard &
Poor’s rating of at least “A” under the Current Policies, which (i) has an effective term of six years from the Closing, (ii) covers each Person currently covered by the Current Policies for actions and omissions occurring
on or prior to the Closing and (iii) contains terms that are no less favorable than those of the Current Policies. From and after the Closing, Parent shall cause the Tail Policy to remain in full force and effect and for not less than six
(6) years from the Effective Date shall not cause or permit any of its Affiliates to amend, waive, modify or otherwise alter the terms thereunder unless such amendment, repeal or modification is required by applicable Law; provided that
in no event shall Parent or the Surviving Corporation be required to expend for any such Tail Policy aggregate total premiums in excess of 300% of the aggregate cost of the annual premiums currently paid by the Company for the Current Policies. 

(c) Obligation of Successor. In the event that the Company or Parent or any of their respective successors or assigns
(i) consolidates with or merges into any other Person and shall not be the continuing or surviving corporation or entity of such consolidation or merger or (ii) transfers or conveys all or a majority of its properties and assets to any
Person, then, and in each such case, proper provision shall be made so that the successor, assign or acquirer of the Company or Parent, as the case may be, shall succeed to the obligations set forth in this Section 7.6. 

(d) Intended Third Party Beneficiaries. From and after the Effective Time, the obligations of Parent under this Section 7.6
shall not be terminated or modified in such a manner as to adversely affect any Company Indemnitees to whom this Section 7.6 applies without the express written consent of such affected Company Indemnitees who are current officers or
directors of an Acquired Company as of the Effective Time (it being expressly agreed that the Company Indemnitees to whom this Section 7.6 applies shall be third party beneficiaries of this Section 7.6). 

(e) ICG Group Indemnification. The parties agree that directors, officers or employees of ICG Group who are or were directors, officers
or employees of any of the Acquired Companies shall only be entitled to seek recovery from the Company or the Surviving Corporation after the Closing under the Tail Policy in accordance with its terms and

  
 -50- 

 
that if any such director, officer or employee seeks indemnification directly against Parent or any Acquired Company (whether as contemplated by this Section 7.6 or otherwise), then ICG
Group shall reimburse Parent or any Acquired Company for any costs, expenses or liabilities incurred in connection therewith. 

Section 7.7 Reasonable Best Efforts. 

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions herein provided, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, and without limiting the
obligations of the parties under Section 7.5 (but subject to limitations therein), each of the parties hereto agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to take or cause to be taken all actions, to do or cause to be done and to assist and
cooperate with the other party hereto in doing all things reasonably necessary, proper or advisable under applicable Laws and regulations to consummate and make effective, in the most expeditious manner practicable, the Merger and the other
transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including, but not limited to: (i) the satisfaction (but not the waiver) of the conditions precedent to the obligations of any of the parties hereto; (ii) the obtaining of all necessary and
applicable consents, waivers or approvals of any third parties (including Governmental Entities); (iii) the defending of any Actions, whether judicial or administrative, challenging this Agreement or the performance of the obligations
hereunder; (iv) the submission of joint instructions, from time to time as necessary for the release of any monies due to any party to this Agreement from the Escrow Fund (as defined in the Escrow Agreement), (v) the execution and delivery
of such instruments, and the taking of such other actions as the other party hereto may reasonably require in order to carry out the intent of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, none of the Company or the Holders or any of their
respective Affiliates shall be obligated to make any payments or otherwise pay any consideration to any third party to obtain any applicable consent, waiver or approval. Without limiting the foregoing, the Company shall promptly take all actions
reasonably requested by Parent prior to the Closing to perfect the transfer to the Company or one of its Subsidiaries of legal and beneficial title to those interests in its Subsidiaries not held by one of the Acquired Companies as set forth in
Section 3.3 of the Company Disclosure Letter by the Closing and take all actions reasonably requested by Parent prior to the Closing to bring any Subsidiary of the Company that is not in good standing (or its local law equivalent) or is
otherwise not in compliance with local law requirements as to corporate, tax and foreign investment registrations as set forth in Section 3.3(b) of the Company Disclosure Letter into good standing (or its local law equivalent) and
compliance with such local law requirements. 
 Section 7.8 Tax Matters. 

(a) Tax Returns. 
 (i)
For all taxable periods of a U.S. Acquired Company ending on or including the Closing Date, ICG Group shall cause such Acquired Company to join in the ICG Consolidated Group income Tax Returns (each, an “ICG Group Return”). For all
Pre-Closing Tax Periods where a U.S. Acquired Company is included in an ICG Group Return, the Company shall, on a timely basis, prepare, or cause to be prepared, pro forma Tax Returns for each such U.S. Acquired Company on a standalone basis,
including a calculation of Taxes owed on a standalone basis (each, a “Pro Forma Tax Return”), 

  
 -51- 

 
in accordance with the past practice of the Acquired Companies unless otherwise required by Law, and ICG Group shall timely file, or cause to be filed (taking into account available extensions),
all ICG Group Returns for all Pre-Closing Tax Periods and shall pay or cause to be paid to the relevant Tax authority any Taxes shown to be due thereon. The Company shall engage Grant Thornton LLP (or such other Tax Return preparer as the parties
mutually agree) to prepare such Pro Forma Tax Returns. ICG Group shall file all relevant ICG Group Returns in a manner consistent with the Pro Forma Tax Returns and applicable Law. With respect to ICG Group Returns that include a U.S. Acquired
Company, Parent or the Acquired Company shall pay to ICG Group any Taxes shown as due on Pro Forma Tax Returns, to the extent such Taxes were included as a Current Liability on the Preliminary Closing Statement in the Company’s actual
calculation of Preliminary Net Working Capital (without giving effect to whether the Preliminary Net Working Capital exceeds the Maximum Net Working Capital) as finally adjusted pursuant to Sections 2.7(b) and 2.7(c) at least five (5) Business
Days before payment of such Taxes is due and any amount of Taxes shown as due that are in excess of such amount shall be paid by the Holders to ICG Group at least five (5) Business Days before payment of such Taxes is due. In the case of any
ICG Group Return in which a U.S. Acquired Company is required to be included relating to a Pre-Closing Tax Period that is first required to be filed after the Closing Date, the Company shall deliver each such Pro Forma Tax Return to ICG Group and
Parent no later than July 30 of the year following the taxable year for which such Pro Forma Tax Return is being prepared (or as reasonably promptly thereafter, consistent with past practice) and ICG Group and Parent shall review such Pro Forma
Tax Returns and each such party shall consider any reasonable comments to such Pro Forma Tax Returns proposed by the other two parties in good faith. Any expenses incurred by Parent or any Acquired Company in connection with preparing any Tax Return
pursuant to this Section 7.8(a) shall be borne solely by the Stakeholder Representative (on behalf of the Holders). 

(ii) Parent and the Acquired Companies shall prepare and file (or shall cause to be prepared and filed) all other Tax Returns
of the Acquired Companies for taxable periods that end on or include the Closing Date. Any such Tax Return, including Tax Returns for a Straddle Period, prepared (or caused to be prepared) by Parent or an Acquired Company shall be submitted to
Stakeholder Representative at least thirty (30) days prior to the due date (taking into account available extensions) of such Tax Return for its review and comment, and Parent and the Acquired Companies shall accept any reasonable comments
thereto made by the Stakeholder Representative with respect to any item for which the Holders have responsibility under Section 9.10. The portion of the Taxes shown to be due on any Tax Return for a Straddle Period that is attributable
to the portion of the Straddle Period ending on and including the Closing Date and the Taxes due on any other Tax Return prepared pursuant to this Section 7.8(a)(ii) ending on or before the Closing Date less, in both cases, the amount of
such Taxes that were included as a Current Liability on the Preliminary Closing Statement in the Company’s actual calculation of Preliminary Net Working Capital (without giving effect to whether the Preliminary Net Working Capital exceeds the
Maximum Net Working Capital) as finally adjusted pursuant to Sections 2.7(b) and 2.7(c) shall be paid by the Holders to Parent in each case, at least five (5) Business Days before payment of such Taxes is due. 

  
 -52- 

 (b) Post-Closing Matters. Unless otherwise required by Law, without the prior written
consent of the Stakeholder Representative (which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), Parent shall not, and shall not permit any Acquired Company, to (i) amend any Tax Return with respect to any Acquired Company for any
Pre-Closing Tax Period or (ii) make, revoke or change any Tax election, or change any method of accounting, in each case with respect to any Acquired Company for any Pre-Closing Tax Period. 

(c) Tax Refunds. If any Acquired Company receives any Tax refund relating to any Pre-Closing Tax Period, other than any Tax refund that
is accounted for in the determination of Current Assets (whether in the form of cash received from the applicable Governmental Entity or a direct credit against Taxes otherwise payable for any Pre-Closing Tax Period), Parent shall promptly, and in
any event within five (5) Business Days of receipt thereof, pay, or cause to be paid, to the Stakeholder Representative (as agent for, on behalf of, and for payment to, the Holders), the amount of such Tax refund. If such Tax refund relates to
a Straddle Period, such refund shall be apportioned between the Pre-Closing Tax Period and the Post-Closing Tax Period in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement governing such periods. Upon the receipt of any such payment, the Stakeholder
Representative shall pay to each Holder such Holder’s Pro Rata Share of such payment, and any payments so made shall be treated as an increase to the Merger Consideration. To the extent permitted by Law without penalty to or reduction in the
aggregate available amount thereof, the Acquired Companies shall elect to forego a carryback of any net operating losses, capital losses, credits or other Tax attributes (including the election under Section 172(b)(3) of the Code) from any
Post-Closing Tax Period to any Pre- Closing Tax Period. If and to the extent that an Acquired Company is not permitted by applicable Law to forego such a carryback without penalty to or reduction in the aggregate available amount thereof, the
Acquired Companies shall be entitled to any refund of Taxes with respect thereto and ICG Group or the Stakeholder Representative shall promptly, and in any event within five (5) Business Days of receipt thereof, pay, or cause to be paid, to
Parent (as agent for the Acquired Companies), the amount of such Tax refund. 
 (d) Reporting. 

(i) Except to the extent required by applicable Law, the parties hereto agree to report (or cause to be reported) (A) all
transactions occurring at or before the Closing (including the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the payment of any Transaction Expenses) on the U.S. federal (and, if applicable, state and local) Tax Return of the ICG Consolidated
Group for the Tax period that includes the Closing Date; and (B) all transactions outside the ordinary course of business of the Acquired Companies occurring on the Closing Date after the Closing on the U.S. federal (and, if applicable, state
and local) Tax Return of the Parent Consolidated Group. 
 (ii) Except to the extent required by applicable Law, the parties
hereto further agree to close the Tax year of the Company as of the end of the day on the Closing Date (including, if required by Law, by making an applicable Tax election) for U.S. state and local Tax purposes, if applicable. 

  
 -53- 

 (iii) If any member of the ICG Consolidated Group transfers a loss share (as
such terms are defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-36(f)) of the Company in connection with the Merger in the taxable year that includes the Closing Date, then the ICG Consolidated Group shall make an election pursuant to Treasury
Regulation Sections 1.1502-36(d)(6)(i)(A) in the manner prescribed by 1.1502-36(e)(5)(viii). 
 (iv) In the event that the
ICG Consolidated Group has experienced an “ownership change” within the meaning of Section 382 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder during the period beginning on the date when the Company became a member of the ICG
Consolidated Group and ending on the Closing Date, ICG Group shall make or cause to be made an election pursuant to Section 1.1502-95(c) of the Treasury Regulations to apportion to the Company and its Subsidiaries a proportionate amount of
“consolidated Section 382 limitation” and “consolidated net unrealized built in gain” (as defined in the applicable Treasury Regulations). 

(v) ICG Group shall make or cause to be made promptly, but in no event later than thirty (30) days following the date of
this Agreement, any filing that may be required under the Notice of the State Administration of Taxation on Strengthening the Administration of Enterprise Income Tax on Non-resident Enterprises’ Equity Transfer Income (Circular 698) promulgated
by the People’s Republic of China in connection with the actions contemplated by this Agreement. 
 (e) Reserved. 

(f) Assistance and Cooperation. 

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement (including Section 7.4(b)), following the Closing
Date, the Stakeholder Representative, and its Affiliates, on the one hand, and Parent and its Affiliates (including the Acquired Companies), on the other hand, shall (and shall cause their respective Affiliates to), to the extent reasonably
requested in writing by the other party: 
 a. make available to the other party or parties all information in its
possession relating to any of the Acquired Companies which is relevant in the preparation and filing of any Tax Return (including any Pro Forma Tax Return) for any Tax period; 

b. cooperate fully in responding to any inquiry from, or any dispute with, any Governmental Entity and in the preparation for
or defense of any Third Party Claim relating to Taxes, in each case relating to any of the Acquired Companies; and 

  
 -54- 

 c. timely sign and deliver such certificates or forms as may be necessary or
appropriate to establish an exemption from (or otherwise reduce), or file Tax Returns or other reports with respect to, Taxes. 

(ii) Section 9.3 shall apply to any Third Party Claim for Taxes for any Pre-Closing Tax Period; provided
that (A) Parent or the Surviving Corporation shall provide notice of any such Third Party Claim to the Stakeholder Representative regardless of whether Parent or the Surviving Corporation intends to seek indemnity pursuant to Article IX
with respect to such Third Party Claim; and (B) neither Parent, the Surviving Corporation nor any of their respective Affiliates shall be permitted to settle or compromise any such Third Party Claim that could result in an increase in Taxes (or
reduction in Tax attributes) (x) of the Acquired Companies for any Pre-Closing Tax Period or (y) of the ICG Consolidated Group, in each case without the prior written consent of the Stakeholder Representative (which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). In the case of any Third Party Claim with respect to Taxes that is controlled by the Stakeholder Representative or another member of the ICG Consolidated Group (other than any Acquired Company), such
Person (A) shall, as it determines to be reasonable, prosecute such Third Party Claim in good faith, (B) shall keep the Parent reasonably informed of the status of developments with respect to such Third Party Claim and (C) shall not
settle or concede any such Third Party Claim without the prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned) of Parent if such settlement or concession could result in a material increase in Taxes (or
reduction in Tax attributes of Parent or the Acquired Companies) for any Post-Closing Tax Period. 
 (g) Transfer Taxes. Any Transfer
Taxes incurred in connection with any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be borne fifty percent (50%) by the Holders (in accordance with each Holder’s Pro Rata Share) and fifty percent (50%) by Parent. 

Section 7.9 Resignations. 

The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the written resignations of each director or officer of an Acquired Company in
their capacity as a director or officer of such Company that is reasonably requested by Parent at least five (5) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, effective as of and conditioned upon the Closing. 

Section 7.10 Notice of Certain Events. 

Until the Closing, the Company, ICG Group and Parent promptly shall notify each other in writing of any fact, change, condition, circumstance
or occurrence or nonoccurrence of any event of which it is aware that will or is reasonably likely to result in any of the conditions set forth in Article VIII becoming incapable of being satisfied; provided that (a) any failure
to give notice under Section 7.10 shall not (i) be considered for purposes of determining the satisfaction of the closing conditions set forth in Article VIII or (ii) give rise to a right of termination under Article
X and (b) Parent shall not seek indemnification pursuant to Section 9.2(b)(ii) asserting a breach of the covenant set forth in this Section 7.10 as a Direct Recourse Damage absent Willful Misconduct. No disclosure by the
Company or ICG Group pursuant to this Section 7.10, however, shall be deemed to amend or supplement the Company Disclosure Letter. 

  
 -55- 

 Section 7.11 Employees.  

(a) During the one-year period following the Closing, Parent shall, or shall cause one of its Affiliates (including, as applicable, the
Acquired Companies) to: (i) provide each of the employees of the Acquired Companies who continue in employment with the Acquired Companies immediately following the Closing (each, a “Continuing Employee”) with base salary or
base wages, short-term incentive opportunities for commissions or bonuses (but, for the avoidance of doubt, excluding equity-based compensation and severance) that are substantially similar in the aggregate as provided to such Continuing Employee
under the Company Plans set forth on Section 3.17(a)(i) of the Company Disclosure Letter immediately prior to the Closing; and (ii) provide benefits to the Continuing Employees that are substantially comparable in the aggregate to
the benefits provided to such Continuing Employees under the Company Plans set forth on Section 3.17(a)(i) of the Company Disclosure Letter as in effect on the Closing Date. 

(b) From and after the Closing Date, Parent shall (or shall cause one of its Affiliates to) provide the Continuing Employees with service
credit for purposes of: (i) eligibility and vesting under any Plan in which such Continuing Employees participate that is maintained, sponsored, contributed to or required to be contributed to or entered into by Parent or any of its Affiliates
for the benefit of any current or former employee, officer or other service provider of Parent or any of its Affiliates (each, a “Parent Plan”); and (ii) the level of benefits provided under any Parent Plan in which such
Continuing Employees participate that is a vacation, paid-time off or severance plan, for all periods of employment with the Acquired Companies and their predecessors prior to the Closing Date to the same extent to which such service was recognized
by the Acquired Companies under any equivalent Company Plan immediately prior to the Closing Date; provided, however that no such service shall be credited to the extent that it would result in a duplication of benefits or would not be credited to
other similarly situated employees of Parent or its Affiliates; provided, further, that no such service shall be credited with respect to retiree insurance or retiree medical premium credit. Parent shall ensure that any Parent Plans shall not deny
Continuing Employees (or their eligible dependents) coverage on the basis of a pre-existing condition, actively-at-work requirement or required physical examination, to the extent allowable under the terms of the Parent Plan and applicable Law (and
except to the extent that such conditions or requirements would apply under the Company Plans in which the Continuing Employees participated immediately prior to the Closing Date). Nothing contained herein shall require Parent or shall cause the
Parent Plans to credit Continuing Employees (and their eligible dependents) for any deductibles, co-payments and out-of-pocket expenses paid in the year of initial participation prior to the Closing Date for purposes of satisfying applicable
deductible, co-insurance and maximum out-of-pocket expenses under any applicable Parent Plan with respect to the plan year in which the Closing Date occurs. 

(c) The Acquired Companies shall (or shall cause the applicable Plan sponsor to), at least one (1) Business Day prior to the Closing
Date, (i) cease contributions to, and adopt written resolutions (or take other necessary or appropriate action) to terminate the Procurian USA, Inc. 401(k) Plan and any other Company Plan that is intended to qualify under

  
 -56- 

 
Section 401(a) of the Code with a cash or deferred arrangement described in Section 401(k) of the Code (collectively, the “401(k) Plans”) in compliance with its
terms and the requirements of applicable Law, and (ii) one hundred percent (100%) vest all participants under the 401(k) Plans, such termination and vesting to be effective no later than the Business Day preceding the Closing Date. The
Parent and its Affiliates reserve the right to suspend the distribution of benefits from the 401(k) Plans in accordance with applicable Law until the receipt of a favorable determination letter from the Internal Revenue Service with respect to the
termination of such 401(k) Plans. 
 (d) All provisions contained in this Section 7.11 with respect to employee benefit
plans or employee compensation are included for the sole benefit of the respective parties hereto and shall not create any right in any other Person, including any employee or former employee of the Acquired Companies or any participant or
beneficiary in any Company Plan. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, nothing contained in this Section 7.11 shall (i) be deemed to be the adoption of, or an amendment or modification to, any Plan, including the
Company Plans, or otherwise limit the right of the Acquired Companies, Parent or their respective Affiliates to amend, modify or terminate any such Plan or obligate Parent, Merger Subsidiary or the Acquired Companies to maintain any particular
benefit plan or arrangement, or (ii) give any third party any right to enforce the provisions of this Section 7.11 including the right to continued employment or a specific term or condition of employment. 

Section 7.12 Obligations of Parent and ICG Group. 

(a) Parent will take all action necessary to cause its Subsidiaries to perform their obligations under this Agreement and to consummate the
Merger on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. 
 (b) ICG Group shall cause its controlled Subsidiaries (other than any of
the Acquired Companies), to perform their obligations under this Agreement and to consummate the Merger on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. 

(c) The Company shall cause its Subsidiaries to perform their obligations under this Agreement and to consummate the Merger on the terms and
conditions set forth in this Agreement. 
 Section 7.13 Drag-Along. 

(a) ICG Group, on behalf of ICG Holdings and as shall be evidenced by the Company Stockholder Consent, hereby waives any right to appraisal
under Section 262 of the DCGL with respect to its shares of Common Stock as a result of the Merger. 
 (b) As promptly as practicable
following the date hereof (and in any event prior to the Closing Date), ICG Group (i) shall cause ICG Holdings to exercise its drag-along right in accordance with the terms of Section 7 of the Stockholders Agreement and relevant sections
of the Additional Drag-Along Agreements; (ii) shall cause the Company to mail within five (5) Business Days following the date hereof, via each Stockholder’s address of record, a notice, a written consent for Parent’s benefit and
instructions to Stockholders subject to the “drag along” provisions in the Stockholders Agreement or the Additional Drag-Along 

  
 -57- 

 
Agreements in a form reasonably acceptable to Parent and (iii) deliver to Parent a copy of all executed consents received by ICG Group or any of its Subsidiaries. Upon delivery of any
written consent contemplated by clause (ii) above, each Stockholder subject to the “drag along” provisions in the Stockholders Agreement or the Additional Drag-Along Agreements delivering such consent consents and agrees to the
termination of any rights it may have pursuant to the Stockholder Agreement or the relevant Additional Drag-Along Agreement from and after the Effective Time. 

(c) The Company shall give Parent notice upon delivery of any required notice in order to affect any applicable drag-along rights in
connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. 
 Section 7.14 Exclusive Dealing.  

(a) Until the Closing Date, the Company or ICG Group shall not take, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries and any of its respective
officers, directors, employees, representatives, consultants, financial advisors, attorneys, accountants, subsidiaries or other agents to take, any action to solicit, encourage, initiate or engage in discussions or negotiations with, or provide any
information to or enter into any agreement with any Person (other than Parent, Merger Subsidiary and/or their respective Affiliates) concerning any direct or indirect purchase of any of the Company’s equity securities or any merger, sale of
substantial assets or similar transaction involving any Acquired Company or ICG Group (for the avoidance of doubt other than the sale by any Acquired Company of immaterial assets in the ordinary course of business) (each such acquisition
transaction, an “Acquisition Transaction”). The Company shall promptly advise Parent of any proposal regarding an Acquisition Transaction and the terms and conditions of any such proposal and the identity of the Person making any
such proposal and shall keep Parent informed on a current basis in all material respects of the status and details of any such proposal. 

(b) Each of ICG Group and the Company agrees not to release or permit the release of any Person from, or to waive or permit the waiver of any
provision of, any confidentiality, non-solicitation, no hire, “standstill” or similar Contract to which any such party or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or under which any such party or any of its Subsidiaries has any rights, and will
use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause each such agreement to be enforced at the request of the other party to this Agreement. 

(c) Immediately following the execution of this Agreement, each of ICG Group and the Company and their Subsidiaries shall, and they shall cause
their respective Representatives to, immediately cease any discussions or negotiations with any Person (other than Parent and Merger Subsidiary and their respective Representatives) with respect to any Acquisition Proposal. As soon as reasonably
practicable following the date of this Agreement, the Company shall (i) promptly request each Person that has executed a confidentiality agreement prior to the date hereof in connection with its consideration of an Acquisition Transaction to
return or destroy, in each case pursuant to the terms of such confidentiality agreement, all confidential information heretofore furnished to such Person by or on behalf of the Company and its Subsidiaries and (ii) terminate the access of any
Persons other than Parent and its Representatives to any “data room” hosted by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Representatives relating to any Acquisition Transaction. 

  
 -58- 

 Section 7.15 Termination of Contracts. 

The Company and ICG Group will terminate or cause to be terminated (a) on or prior to the Closing Date, each of the Contracts listed in
Section 7.15 of the Company Disclosure Letter and (b) as of the day prior to the Closing Date, any Tax sharing or similar agreement between any Acquired Company and any other party (the “Tax Sharing Agreements”) any
and all powers of attorney relating to Tax matters of any Acquired Company (the Contracts referred to in (a) and (b), the “Terminated Contracts”). Following the termination of the Terminated Contracts in accordance with this
Section 7.15, no such Contract shall have further force or effect for any past or future taxable period. 

Section 7.16 Intercompany Balances. 

Prior to the Closing Date, the Acquired Companies, the Stakeholder Representative and ICG Group shall, and shall cause their Affiliates to,
close out, settle, pay or cancel all intercompany accounts or balances (whether or not documented by a note or loan agreement) between an Acquired Company, on the one hand, and ICG Group or any Subsidiary of ICG Group (other than an Acquired
Company), on the other hand. No later than ten (10) days following the date hereof, the Company shall submit to Parent for its review and approval its proposed plan with respect to the closing out, settlement, payment or cancellation of such
accounts and shall accept any reasonable comments made by Parent with respect thereto. The Holders shall bear all costs, expenses, liabilities and Taxes associated with the actions contemplated by this Section 7.16. 

Section 7.17 Non-Solicit 

(a) For a period of two years commencing on the Closing Date (the “Restricted Period”), ICG Group shall not, and shall not
permit any of its controlled Affiliates to, directly or indirectly, hire or solicit any employee of Surviving Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries or encourage any such employee to leave such employment or hire any such employee who has left such
employment, except pursuant to a general solicitation which is not directed specifically to any such employees; provided that nothing in this Section 7.17(a) shall prevent ICG Group or any of its controlled Affiliates from hiring
(i) any employee whose employment has been terminated by Surviving Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) after 180 days from the date of termination of employment, any employee whose employment has been terminated by the employee or
(iii) any employee who responds to a general or public solicitation not targeted at Surviving Corporation’s or its Subsidiaries’ employees or such person (including by a bona fide search firm or pursuant to an online advertisement).

 (b) ICG Group acknowledges that a breach or threatened breach of this Section 7.17 would give rise to irreparable harm to
Surviving Corporation, for which monetary damages would not be an adequate remedy, and hereby agrees that in the event of a breach or a 

  
 -59- 

 
threatened breach by ICG Group of any such obligations, Surviving Corporation shall, in addition to any and all other rights and remedies that may be available to it in respect of such breach, be
entitled to equitable relief, including a temporary restraining order, an injunction, specific performance and any other relief that may be available from a court of competent jurisdiction (without any requirement to post bond). 

(c) ICG Group acknowledges that the restrictions contained in this Section 7.17 are reasonable and necessary to protect the
legitimate interests of Surviving Corporation and constitute a material inducement to Parent to enter into this Agreement and consummate the Merger and other transactions contemplated by this Agreement. In the event that any covenant contained in
this Section 7.17 should ever be adjudicated to exceed the time, geographic, product or service, or other limitations permitted by applicable Law in any jurisdiction, then any court is expressly empowered to reform such covenant, and
such covenant shall be deemed reformed, in such jurisdiction to the maximum time, geographic, product or service, or other limitations permitted by applicable Law. The covenants contained in this Section 7.17 and each provision hereof
are severable and distinct covenants and provisions. The invalidity or unenforceability of any such covenant or provision as written shall not invalidate or render unenforceable the remaining covenants or provisions hereof, and any such invalidity
or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such covenant or provision in any other jurisdiction. 

Section 7.18 Further Assurances. 

From time to time at or after the Closing Date, at the request of the other, Parent, the Company and ICG Group each will execute and deliver,
or cause to be executed and delivered, such other instruments of conveyance, assignment, transfer and delivery and take such actions as the other parties reasonably may request in order to consummate, complete and carry out the Merger and the other
transactions contemplated hereby. 
 Section 7.19 ICG Post-Closing Cooperation. 

From and after the Closing, at the reasonable request of Parent or the Surviving Corporation, ICG Group shall reasonably cooperate with Parent
to provide the type of necessary assistance (other than administrative services) that was provided by ICG Group to the Acquired Companies prior to the Closing Date at a price equal to the cost of such services, including an allocation for the cost
of internal time, incurred by ICG Group and on such other terms as determined by Parent and ICG Group in good faith. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Section 7.19, ICG Group shall not be required to obtain any
additional resources not possessed by ICG Group including hiring new employees and purchasing new equipment, in order to perform any such services. 

  
 -60- 

 ARTICLE VIII 

CONDITIONS TO MERGER 

Section 8.1 Conditions to Each Party’s Obligations. 

The respective obligations of each party to effect the Merger shall be subject to the following conditions (to the extent permitted by
applicable Law and other than the condition set forth in Section 8.1(d) which may not be waived by any party): 
 (a) Escrow
Agreement; Deliveries. The Parties shall have received (i) the deliveries set forth in Section 2.5(b) and Section 2.5(c) and (ii) a duly executed counterpart to the Escrow Agreement from the Parent, the
Stakeholder Representative and the Escrow Agent. 
 (b) Waiting Periods. All waiting periods applicable under the HSR Act shall have
expired or been terminated. 
 (c) No Prohibition. No statute, rule, regulation, injunction, order, decree or other legal restraint
shall have been enacted or promulgated which prohibits the consummation of the Merger or the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement and no proceeding or lawsuit shall have been commenced by any Governmental Entity which prohibits the
consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. 
 (d) Company Stockholder Consent. The parties shall have received
a duly executed copy of the Company Stockholder Consent. 
 Section 8.2 Conditions to Obligations of Parent and Merger
Subsidiary. 
 The obligations of Parent and Merger Subsidiary to consummate the Merger shall be subject to the following conditions
except to the extent waived in writing by Parent: 
 (a) Representations and Warranties and Covenants. 

(i) The representations and warranties of (x) the Company contained in Section 3.1(a) (Organization and Good
Standing of the Company), 3.2 (Authorization of the Transaction by the Company), 3.3(a) (Subsidiaries), 3.5 (Capital Structure) and 3.22 (Vote Required) (the “Company Fundamental Reps”) and
(y) ICG Group set forth in Sections 4.1 (Organization and Good Standing) and 4.2 (Authorization by ICG Group) (the “ICG Group Fundamental Reps”) shall have been true on the date hereof and shall be true and
correct as of the Closing Date as though made on and as of the Closing Date (except for representations and warranties that expressly speak as of an earlier date, which representations and warranties shall be true as of such specified date); 

(ii) The representations and warranties of the Company set forth in Section 3.13(b) shall have been true and correct in
all respects and shall be true and correct as of the Closing Date as though made on and as of the Closing Date; 
 (iii) The
representations and warranties of the Company and ICG Group set forth in Article III and Article IV (other than the Company Fundamental Reps and the ICG Group Fundamental Reps) shall have been true and correct as of the date hereof and
shall be true and correct as of the Closing Date as though made on and as of the Closing Date (except, in either case, to 

  
 -61- 

 
the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be so true and correct on and as of such earlier date), except
for such failures to be true and correct as would not or would not reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, constitute a Material Adverse Effect, in each case without giving effect to any materiality or Material Adverse Effect
qualifications contained therein; 
 (iv) The Company and ICG Group shall have, in all material respects, performed the
obligations and complied with the covenants required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by each at or prior to the Closing or, if the Company or ICG Group shall have failed to so perform such obligations or comply with such
covenants, such failures shall have been cured; and 
 (v) The Company and ICG Group shall each have delivered to Parent a
certificate, dated the Closing Date, signed by an Officer of each of the Company and ICG Group, respectively, to the effect of the foregoing clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) above, as applicable. 

(b) Material Adverse Effect. Since the date of this Agreement, no Material Adverse Effect shall have occurred, nor shall any changes,
events, effects or circumstances have occurred which would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. 

Section 8.3 Conditions to Obligations of the Company. 

The obligations of the Company to consummate the Merger shall be subject to the following conditions except to the extent waived in writing by
the Company: 
 (a) Representations and Warranties and Covenants. 

(i) The representations and warranties of Parent and Merger Subsidiary contained in Sections 5.1 and 5.2 and
correct shall have been true on the date hereof and shall be true and correct as of the Closing Date as though made on and as of the Closing Date (except for representations and warranties that expressly speak as of an earlier date, which
representations and warranties shall be true as of such specified date); 
 (ii) The representations and warranties of
Parent and Merger Subsidiary contained in Article V (other than those referred to in Section 8.3(a)(i)) shall have been true and correct on the date hereof and shall be true and correct as of the Closing Date as though made on and
as of the Closing Date (except for representations and warranties that expressly speak as of an earlier date, which representations and warranties shall be true as of such specified date) except for such failures to be true and correct as would not
in the aggregate prevent or materially impair or delay consummation by Parent or Merger Subsidiary of the Merger or the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement; 

(iii) Parent and Merger Subsidiary shall have in all material respects performed the obligations and complied with the
covenants required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by them at or prior to the Closing or, if Parent or Merger Subsidiary shall have failed to so perform such obligations or comply with such covenants, such failures shall have been
cured; and 

  
 -62- 

 (iv) Parent shall have delivered to the Company a certificate of Parent, dated
the Closing Date, signed by an Officer of Parent, to the effect of the foregoing clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above. 
 ARTICLE
IX 
 SURVIVAL; INDEMNIFICATION 

Section 9.1 Survival. 

The covenants made by the Company, ICG Group, Parent and Merger Subsidiary under this Agreement shall survive the Closing and shall remain in
full force and effect indefinitely, other than covenants made by the Company which require performance prior to the Closing, which shall expire at the Closing. The representations and warranties made by any of the parties hereto under this Agreement
or in any certificate delivered pursuant to Article VIII shall survive the Closing until the first anniversary of the Closing Date; provided that the Company Fundamental Reps and the ICG Group Fundamental Reps shall survive the Closing
indefinitely (as applicable, the “Indemnification Period”). No action or claim for Warranty Losses resulting from any misrepresentation or breach of warranty shall be brought or made after the Indemnification Period
applicable to such representation or warranty; provided that any indemnity claim (but solely such claim) described in a Claim Notice received by the Responsible Party prior to the expiration of the applicable Indemnification Period shall
survive until such claim is fully resolved. 
 Section 9.2 Claims. 

(a) Indemnification of Parent. From and after the Closing, the Holders shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Parent
and Parent’s Affiliates, including the Surviving Corporation, and their respective directors, officers, employees and Affiliates (collectively, the “Parent Indemnitees”) from any Damages suffered or paid, directly or
indirectly, as a result or arising out of: 
 (i) any inaccuracy in or misrepresentation or breach of any representation or
warranty made as of the date hereof or deemed made as of the Closing by the Company in this Agreement or any certificate delivered pursuant to this Agreement, (including the certificate delivered pursuant to Section 8.2(a)(v) (“Warranty
Losses”); 
 (ii) any breach of any covenant made by the Company in this Agreement, which such covenant of
the Company requires performance prior to the Closing or any breach of any covenant of the Stakeholder Representative; 

(iii) any Dissenting Share Payments; 

  
 -63- 

 (iv) any claim or action by Persons who are or were holders of any securities of
the Company, in their capacities as such, arising out of facts or circumstances existing on or prior to the Closing (including claims or actions arising out of the authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement, the performance by the
Company of its obligations hereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby); or 
 (v) any claim as
provided in Section 9.10. 
 Any such obligation of a Holder shall be for his, her or its Pro Rata Share of the amount of any
Damages that may be collected hereunder, which shall be collected from the Escrow Account and, solely for Direct Recourse Damages, from the Holder in accordance with Section 9.6; provided that in no event shall any Holder be liable
pursuant to this Section 9.2(a) (other than (x) pursuant to Section 9.2(a)(v), (y) in the case of fraud or Willful Misconduct or (z) as arising under Section 11.12) for Damages in excess of the sum
of (x) the aggregate Closing Cash Per Share Consideration, (y) the aggregate amount of Distributions and (z) the aggregate Award Payments, in each case, that such Holder is entitled to receive pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

 (b) Indemnification by Parent. From and after the Closing, Parent shall indemnify, defend and hold the Holders and their
Affiliates, and their respective directors, partners (limited and general), members, managers, officers, stockholders, employees, agents and representatives (the “Holder Indemnitees”) harmless from any Damages suffered or
paid, directly or indirectly, as a result or arising out of: 
 (i) any inaccuracy in or misrepresentation or breach of any
representation or warranty made as of the date hereof or deemed made as of the Closing by Parent or Merger Subsidiary in this Agreement or any certificate delivered pursuant to this Agreement (including the certificate delivered pursuant to
Section 8.3(a)(iv)); 
 (ii) any breach of any covenant made by Parent or Merger Subsidiary in this Agreement;
or 
 (iii) any breach of any covenant made by the Company in this Agreement, which such covenant of the Company requires
performance after the Closing by the Surviving Corporation, for periods after the Closing. 
 (c) Indemnification by ICG
Group. From and after the Closing, ICG Group shall indemnify, defend and hold the Parent Indemnities harmless from any Damages suffered or paid, directly or indirectly, as a result or arising out of: 

(i) any inaccuracy in or misrepresentation or breach of any representation or warranty made as of the date hereof or deemed
made as of the Closing by ICG Group in this Agreement or any certificate delivered pursuant to this Agreement (including the certificate delivered pursuant to Section 8.2(a)(v)); 

(ii) any breach of any covenant made by ICG Group in this Agreement; or 

  
 -64- 

 (iii) any liability of ICG Group or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the
Acquired Companies) to the extent related to the operation of the respective businesses of ICG Group or such Subsidiaries and any other business of ICG Group and its Subsidiaries (other than the Acquired Companies), including any liability or
obligation that any of the Acquired Companies has as a consequence of at any time being considered a single employer under Section 414 of the Code with any other Person. 

Section 9.3 Third-Party Claims. 

(a) If a claim, action, suit or proceeding by a third party (a “Third Party Claim”) is made against any Person entitled to
indemnification pursuant to Section 9.2 or Section 9.10 (an “Indemnified Party”), and if such Indemnified Party intends to seek indemnity with respect thereto under this Article IX, such Indemnified
Party shall promptly notify in writing the Party obligated to indemnify such Indemnified Party (or, in the case of a Parent Indemnitee seeking indemnification pursuant to Section 9.2(a), such Parent Indemnitee shall promptly notify in
writing the Stakeholder Representative) (such notified party, the “Responsible Party”) of such claims; provided that the failure to so notify shall not relieve the Responsible Party of its obligations hereunder, except to the
extent (and only to the extent) that the Responsible Party is actually prejudiced thereby. Within thirty (30) days of receipt of notice of a Third Party Claim, the Responsible Party shall have the right to assume the conduct and control of the
defense thereof; provided that such assumption and control shall occur only if (i) the Third Party Claim involves solely a claim for monetary damages (provided that if the Third Party Claim seeks an order, injunction or other
equitable relief or relief for other than monetary damages against the Indemnified Party that the Indemnified Party reasonably determines, after conferring with its outside counsel, can be readily separated from any related claim for monetary
damages, the Responsible Party shall be entitled to assume the control of the defense of the portion relating to monetary damages), (ii) the Responsible Party acknowledges in writing its irrevocable and unconditional obligation to indemnify the
Indemnified Party hereunder (subject to the limitations set forth in this Article IX), (iii) the defense of such Third Party Claim by the Responsible Party would not reasonably be expected to adversely affect the Indemnified Party’s
relationship with any of the Material Customers and (iv) in the case of a Parent Indemnitee seeking indemnification, taking into account all other pending claims for indemnification, the provisions of this Article IX relating to the
Escrow Account would not reasonably be expected to prevent any Parent Indemnitee from being fully indemnified (subject to the limitations set forth in this Article IX) with the then remaining funds in the Escrow Account with respect to such
Third Party Claim in the event of an adverse determination. Such conduct or control shall be at the expense of the Responsible Party. The Indemnified Party shall reasonably cooperate with the Responsible Party in connection therewith, and shall
furnish such records, information and testimony, and attend such conferences, discovery proceedings, hearings, trials and appeals as may be reasonably requested in connection therewith. Such cooperation shall include access during normal business
hours afforded to the Responsible Party and its agents and representatives to records and information which have been identified by the Indemnified Party as being reasonably relevant to such Third Party Claim, and making employees available on a
mutually convenient basis to provide additional information and explanation of any material provided hereunder. The Responsible Party shall permit the Indemnified Party to participate in such settlement or defense through separate counsel chosen by
such Indemnified Party, provided 

  
 -65- 

 
that the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be borne by such Indemnified Party unless (A) the employment thereof has been specifically authorized by the Responsible Party in writing,
(B) there exists a conflict of interest between the interests of the Indemnified Party and the Responsible Party, or (C) the Responsible Party has failed to diligently pursue the defense and employ counsel. So long as the Responsible Party
is reasonably contesting any such claim in good faith, the Indemnified Party shall not pay or settle any such claim without the Responsible Party’s consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Indemnified Party shall have the right to pay or settle any such claim (whether or not appropriate notice has been given by the Indemnified Party) related solely to money damages, provided that in such event
it shall waive any right to indemnity therefor by the Responsible Party or from the Escrow Account, as the case may be, for such claim. The Responsible Party shall not, except with the consent of the Indemnified Party, enter into any settlement or
otherwise compromise or discharge any Third Party Claim. 
 (b) All of the Parties shall reasonably cooperate in the defense or prosecution
of any Third Party Claim in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder and shall furnish such records, information and testimony, and attend such conferences, discovery proceedings, hearings, trials and appeals, as may be reasonably
requested in connection therewith. 
 Section 9.4 Limitations on Indemnification Obligations. 

The rights of (x) the Parent Indemnitees to indemnification pursuant to the provisions of Section 9.2(a) and
Section 9.2(c) are subject to the following limitations and methods of calculations and determination and (y) the Holder Indemnitees to indemnification pursuant to the provisions of Section 9.2(b) are subject to the
limitations and methods of calculations and determination set forth in clauses (a), (d), (e), (f), (g) and (h) below: 
 (a) the
amount of any and all Damages will be determined net of (i) any amounts actually recovered by the Parent Indemnitees under insurance policies or indemnity, contribution or similar agreements with respect to such Damages (provided, that
the amount deemed to be so recovered under insurance policies shall be net of (A) the deductible for such policies and (B) any increase in the premium for such policies arising out of or in connection with such Damages), and (ii) the
amount of any net Tax benefit actually realized by the Parent Indemnitees with respect to such Damages (taking into account the receipt of the related indemnity payment) in the taxable year that such Damages arise; 

(b) the Parent Indemnitees shall not be entitled to recover for any Warranty Loss (other than (x) a Warranty Loss related to a Company
Fundamental Rep or (y) a loss as a result of an ICG Fundamental Rep) unless the cumulative total of the Damages suffered by the Parent Indemnitees related to Warranty Losses exceeds $4,000,000 (the “Basket”), whereupon the
Parent Indemnitees shall be entitled to make a claim and indemnity hereunder only for the Damages in excess of the Basket, and no Parent Indemnitee shall be entitled to recover for any Warranty Loss unless the Damages suffered or paid by any Parent
Indemnitee for individual claims or a series of related claims exceeds $150,000 (the “Minimum Claim Basket”); provided that (i) neither the Basket nor the Minimum Claim Basket shall apply to indemnity for Direct Recourse
Damages and (ii) the liability for Damages shall be limited as provided in Section 9.6; 

  
 -66- 

 (c) if an Indemnified Party has been indemnified for Damages hereunder, and at any time
thereafter an Indemnified Party recovers all or a portion of such Damages from a third Person (including pursuant to any insurance policy or indemnity, contribution or similar agreement), the Indemnified Party which made such recovery shall promptly
refund the amount paid with respect to such Damages (up to the amount recovered from the third Person); 
 (d) an Indemnified Party shall
not be entitled under this Agreement to multiple recovery for the same Damages; 
 (e) except for any such damages that shall be payable as
a result of a Third Party Claim, an Indemnified Party shall not be entitled under this Agreement to indemnification for punitive, special, consequential or exemplary damages, or any damages associated with any diminution of value, loss of business
reputation or lost profits, opportunities, multiple of earnings, future revenue, income, profits or EBITDA; 
 (f) if a Parent Indemnitee
recovers Damages pursuant Section 9.2(a), the Holders shall be subrogated, to the extent of such recovery, to such Parent Indemnitee’s rights against any third party with respect to such recovered Damages; 

(g) except as specified in Section 9.6 or the final paragraph of Section 9.2(a), in no event shall any Responsible Party be
liable for damages in excess of the Escrow Amount, absent fraud or Willful Misconduct; 
 (h) no Damages shall be recoverable by a Person to
the extent such Damages include or reflect amounts taken into consideration in the computation of the Closing Date Merger Consideration, as adjusted by any adjustment of the pre-Closing estimates pursuant to Section 2.6(d); and 

(i) for purposes of determining whether there has been a breach for indemnification purposes and the amount of any Damages that may be the
subject matter of a claim for indemnification hereunder, each representation and warranty in this Agreement and each certificate delivered pursuant hereto shall be read without regard and without giving effect to the term(s) “material” or
“Material Adverse Effect” contained therein, except in the case of the Qualified Representations. 
 Section 9.5
Mitigation. 
 Each Indemnified Party shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate any indemnifiable Damages to the
extent reasonably possible upon and after becoming aware of any event which would reasonably be expected to give rise to any indemnifiable Damages. 

  
 -67- 

 Section 9.6 Recovery of Damages; Exclusive Remedy. 

(a) Subject to the limitations in this Article IX and this Section 9.6, if the Closing occurs, the Parent Indemnitees shall be
entitled to recover the amount of any claim for indemnification under this Article IX solely from the Escrow Account, and such recovery shall be Parent’s sole and exclusive remedy for indemnification claims under this Agreement absent
fraud or Willful Misconduct. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Parent Indemnitees shall be entitled to recover the full amount of any claim for indemnification under Section 9.2(c) or Section 9.10(b) solely from ICG Group
(“ICG Indemnified Amounts”); provided, further, that (i) with respect to claims for Damages (A) relating to the Company Fundamental Reps or the ICG Fundamental Reps, (the “Excluded Representations”),
(B) under Section 9.2(a)(ii) (including any obligation to make any payment pursuant to Section 2.7, whether or not intended to be paid from the Escrow Account, or as arising pursuant to Section 11.12),
Section 9.2(a)(iii) or Section 9.2(a)(iv), or (C) pursuant to Section 9.10, (ii) without limiting the foregoing, with respect to claims for Damages as a result of a breach of the covenants contained in
Section 7.8 or Section 7.17, or (iii) with respect to claims for Damages brought on the basis of fraud or Willful Misconduct of the Company (clauses (i)-(iii) collectively, the “Direct Recourse
Damages”), Parent or a Parent Indemnitee shall be entitled to (x) recover directly from each Holder such Holder’s Pro Rata Share of the full amount of such Direct Recourse Damages or (y) recover from the Escrow Account the
full amount of such Direct Recourse Damages or such Holder’s Pro Rata Share of the full amount of such Direct Recourse Damages from such Holder’s Subaccount (such amount, to the extent withdrawn from the Escrow Account, the “Escrow
Recovered Amount”), in each case at the election of Parent and subject to the procedures set forth in the immediately following sentence. If Parent or a Parent Indemnitee elects to recover any Direct Recourse Damages directly from the
Holders as contemplated by clause (x) of the immediately preceding sentence: (A) it shall request payment from all Holders directly to the extent it shall have an address of record for such Holder and (B) if a Holder fails to pay such
Direct Recourse Damages to Parent or a Parent Indemnitee within thirty (30) days following its receipt of such request, then Parent or a Parent Indemnitee may recover such Holder’s Pro Rata Share of the Direct Recourse Damages from such
Holder’s Subaccount within the Escrow Account (without limiting any other rights or remedies of Parent or any Parent Indemnitee), and the Stakeholder Representative and Parent shall execute joint written instructions to the Escrow Agent to
distribute such amount from such Subaccount(s); provided that the Stakeholder Representative will not be required to execute any such joint written instruction until Parent has first provided notice to the Stakeholder Representative that such
Holder has failed to pay such Direct Recourse Damages. Upon any payment from a Subaccount therefor, such Holder’s obligation to pay such Escrow Recovered Amount directly to the Parent Indemnitee shall be suspended and in lieu thereof, such
Holder shall have the continuing obligation to deposit funds equal to the portion of the Escrow Recovered Amount for which he, she or it had liability hereunder into such Holder’s Subaccount within the Escrow Account for the term of the Escrow
Account and during such period. If such Holder shall fail to deposit in such Holder’s Subaccount within the Escrow Account amounts equal to the Escrow Recovered Amount as required by this Section 9.6 and such Subaccount within the
Escrow Account is depleted and is insufficient to satisfy Damages for which a Parent Indemnitee would be entitled to collection from such Subaccount within the Escrow Account in accordance with this Article IX, then such Holder shall have the
obligation to pay directly to Parent or a Parent 

  
 -68- 

 
Indemnitee the amount of such Escrow Recovered Amounts recovered from such Holder’s Subaccount within the Escrow Account. Except as otherwise provided in this
Section 9.6(a), distributions to a Parent Indemnitee from the Escrow Account shall be withdrawn from the Subaccounts on a Pro Rata Share. 

(b) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary and except as set forth in Section 9.6(a), after the
Closing, on the date that the amount of cash in the Escrow Account is reduced to zero, the Parent Indemnitees shall have no further rights to indemnification under Section 9.2(a)(i) other than for Claims for Direct Recourse Damages.
Notwithstanding anything else contained in this Agreement to the contrary and subject to the limitations set forth in this Article IX, after the Closing, indemnification pursuant to the provisions of this Article IX shall be the
exclusive remedy for the parties for any misrepresentation of any representation or warranty or breach of covenant or other provision contained in this Agreement or in any certificate delivered pursuant hereto; provided that none of the
limitations contained in this Article IX shall limit any party from pursuing such party’s rights pursuant to Section 11.12. 

Section 9.7 Claims Procedure.  

(a) An Indemnified Party shall promptly give written notice (the “Claim Notice”) to the Responsible Party after becoming
aware of any Damages for which the Indemnified Party intends to seek indemnification. The Claim Notice shall describe the Damages in reasonable detail, and shall indicate the amount (estimated, if necessary) of the Damages that has been or may be
suffered by the Indemnified Party. Except as provided in Section 9.3, the failure to provide a Claim Notice will not relieve the Responsible Party of any Liability that it may have to any Indemnified Party. Within fifteen (15) days
after receipt of a Claim Notice, the Responsible Party shall deliver to the Indemnified Party a written response in which the Responsible Party will either: (i) agree that the Responsible Party is entitled to receive all of the Damages at issue
in the Claim Notice; or (ii) dispute the Indemnified Party’s entitlement to indemnification by delivering to the Indemnified Party a written notice (an “Objection Notice”) setting forth in reasonable detail each disputed
item, the basis for each such disputed item and certifying that all such disputed items are being disputed in good faith. If the Responsible Party delivers an Objection Notice to the Indemnified Party within fifteen (15) days after delivery of
the Claim Notice, then the dispute may be resolved by any legally available means consistent with the provisions of Section 11.3. If any Parent Indemnitee is the Indemnified Party with respect to any claim for indemnification pursuant to
this Article IX, the parties will contemporaneously deliver to the Escrow Agent copies of each Claim Notice and Objection Notice in connection with such claim. The Stakeholder Representative and Parent shall promptly execute joint written
instructions to distribute an amount from the Escrow Account to a Parent Indemnitee equal to the amount of the Damages to which it is entitled if no Objection Notice has been filed as provided herein, and shall direct that all distributions to a
Parent Indemnitee from the Escrow Account shall be withdrawn from the Subaccounts on a Pro Rata Share basis except as otherwise provided in Section 9.6(a). 

  
 -69- 

 (b) If no such agreement can be reached after good-faith
negotiation and after thirty (30) days after delivery of an Objection Notice, either Parent or the Stakeholder Representative on behalf of the Holders may bring an action against the other to resolve the dispute. To the extent that an
Indemnified Party is permitted under this Article IX to seek recovery directly against one or more Holders, then each such Holder will promptly, and in no event later than five (5) Business Days after the final resolution of any dispute
in accordance with this Article IX, wire transfer to Parent immediately available funds equal to its Pro Rata Share of the amount of Losses determined in accordance with this Article IX. If the amount of the Damages so determined is an
estimate, then the Stakeholder Representative or the applicable Holder will be required to make such payment within five (5) Business Days of the date that the amount of such Damages is finally determined. 

Section 9.8 Adjustment to the Merger Consideration. 

Any payment made pursuant to this Article IX shall be treated as an adjustment to the Merger Consideration. 

Section 9.9 Agreement to be Bound. 

Each Holder, by virtue of accepting the Closing Per Share Cash Consideration through the delivery of its Letter of Transmittal pursuant to
Section 2.6(c) or other consent to the terms hereof (including pursuant to Section 7.13) or Award Payments shall be deemed to accept and agree to be bound by and comply with the terms and obligations of this Article
IX. 
 Section 9.10 Indemnification for Taxes. 

(a) From and after the Closing, the Holders shall indemnify the Parent Indemnitees, without duplication, from any Damages suffered or paid,
directly or indirectly, as a result or arising out of (i) any Tax of any Person (other than any member of the ICG Consolidated Group or an Acquired Company) imposed on an Acquired Company as a transferee or successor, by contract (other than
any contract, agreement or arrangement a principal purpose of which is not the allocation or sharing of Taxes) or pursuant to any Law (including Section 1.1502-6 of the Treasury Regulations), which Tax relates to an event, status or transaction
occurring or existing on or prior to the Closing Date; (ii) any Tax of any Acquired Companies for any Pre-Closing Tax Period (or portion thereof); (iii) any Transfer Taxes that are not the obligation of Parent under
Section 7.8(g) and any other income Tax imposed on any Holder as a result of the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and (iv) any breach of any covenant set forth in Section 7.8. 

(b) From and after the Closing, ICG Group shall indemnify the Parent Indemnitees, without duplication, from any Damages suffered or paid,
directly or indirectly, as a result or arising out of (i) any Acquired Company being a member of the ICG Consolidated Group and (ii) any Tax of any member of the ICG Consolidated Group (other than an Acquired Company), imposed on an
Acquired Company as a transferee or successor, by contract (other than any contract, agreement or arrangement a principal purpose of which is not the allocation or sharing of Taxes) or pursuant to any Law (including Section 1.1502-6 of the
Treasury Regulations), which Tax relates to an event, status or transaction occurring or existing on or prior to the Closing Date; 

  
 -70- 

 (c) The indemnification obligations under this Section 9.10 shall survive until
sixty (60) days following the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations. 
 (d) Parent Indemnitees shall not be entitled to
indemnification pursuant to this Section 9.10 for any Taxes to the extent such Taxes were included as a Current Liability on the Preliminary Closing Statement in the Company’s actual calculation of Preliminary Net Working Capital
(without giving effect to whether the Preliminary Net Working Capital exceeds the Maximum Net Working Capital) as finally adjusted pursuant to Sections 2.7(b) and 2.7(c). 

(e) For purposes of this Agreement, in the case of any Straddle Period, the amount of Taxes for the portion of such period that is a
Pre-Closing Tax Period shall (A) in the case of any Tax based on income or receipts, or payments giving rise to a withholding obligation, be determined on the basis of a deemed closing of the books and records of the Company and its
Subsidiaries as of the close of business on the Closing Date, and (B) in the case of any Tax not covered by clause (A), be equal to the amount of such Tax for the entire Pre-Closing Tax Period multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is
the number of days in such period prior to and including the Closing Date, and the denominator of which is the total number of days in such period. 

ARTICLE X 
 TERMINATION

 Section 10.1 Termination of Agreement. 

This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing Date as follows: 

(a) by mutual written consent of Parent and the Company; 

(b) by the written notice of the Company to Parent if the Closing shall not have occurred on or before January 6, 2014 (the
“Outside Date”); provided, however, that the right to terminate this Agreement under this Section 10.1(b) shall not be available to the Company if the failure of the Company to fulfill any obligation under
this Agreement shall have been the cause of, or shall have resulted in, the failure of the Closing to occur on or prior to such date; provided, further, that if the condition set forth in Section 8.1(b) has not been
satisfied as of the Outside Date, then the Outside Date shall automatically extend to June 2, 2014. 
 (c) by the written notice of
Parent to the Company if the Closing shall not have occurred on or before the Outside Date (as extended pursuant to Section 10.1(b) if applicable); provided, however, that the right to terminate this Agreement under this
Section 10.1(c) shall not be available to Parent if the failure of Parent or Merger Subsidiary to fulfill any obligation under this Agreement shall have been the cause of, or shall have resulted in, the failure of the Closing to occur on
or prior to such date; 

  
 -71- 

 (d) by either the Company or Parent, upon written notice to the other, if any court of competent
jurisdiction or other competent Governmental Entity shall have issued a statute, rule, regulation, order, decree or injunction or taken any other action permanently restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the transactions contemplated by
this Agreement and such statute, rule, regulation, order, decree or injunction or other action shall have become final and non-appealable, unless the failure to consummate the Closing because of such action by a Governmental Entity shall be due to
the failure of Parent, if Parent is seeking to terminate this Agreement, or of the Company, if the Company is seeking to terminate this Agreement, to have fulfilled any of its obligations under this Agreement; 

(e) by written notice of the Company to Parent if (x) Parent or Merger Subsidiary shall have breached any of the covenants or agreements
contained in this Agreement to be complied with by it such that the condition set forth in Section 8.3(a)(iii) could not be satisfied, or (y) there exists a breach of any representation or warranty of Parent or Merger Subsidiary
contained in this Agreement such that the condition set forth in Section 8.3(a)(i) or Section 8.3(a)(ii) could not be satisfied and, in the case of either (x) or (y), such breach is incapable of being cured by the
Outside Date; provided that the Company may not terminate pursuant to this Section 10.1(e) if Parent’s breach has been primarily caused by a breach of any provision of this Agreement by the Company; or 

(f) by written notice of Parent to the Company if (x) the Company or ICG Group shall have breached any of the covenants or agreements
contained in this Agreement to be complied with by the Company or ICG Group such that the condition set forth in Section 8.2(a)(iv) could not be satisfied, or (y) there exists a breach of any representation or warranty of the
Company or ICG Group contained in this Agreement such that the condition set forth in Section 8.2(a)(i) or Section 8.2(a)(ii) or Section 8.2(a)(iii) could not be satisfied and, in the case of (x) or (y), such
breach is incapable of being cured by the Outside Date; provided that Parent may not terminate pursuant to this Section 10.1(f) if the Company’s or ICG Group’s breach has been primarily caused by a breach of any
provision of this Agreement by Parent. 
 Section 10.2 Effect of Termination. 

In the event of termination of this Agreement by a party hereto pursuant to Section 9.1, written notice thereof shall forthwith be
given by the terminating party to the other parties hereto, and this Agreement shall thereupon terminate and become void and have no effect, without any liability or obligation on the part of any party hereto, and the transactions contemplated by
this Agreement shall be abandoned without further action by the parties hereto, except that the provisions of Sections 7.3, 11.1, 11.2, 11.3, 11.4, 11.5, 11.6, 11.7, 11.8,
11.9, 11.10, 11.11 and this Section 10.2 shall survive the termination of this Agreement; provided, however, that if such termination shall result from the willful and material breach by a party of any
of its representations or warranties set forth in this Agreement, or from the material breach by a party of any of its covenants or agreements set forth in this Agreement, each of the Company, ICG Group, Parent or Merger Subsidiary, as the case may
be, shall be fully liable for any and all Damages of the other parties as a result of any willful and material breach or inaccuracy by such party prior to termination. 

  
 -72- 

 ARTICLE XI 

MISCELLANEOUS 

Section 11.1 Assignment; Binding Effect. 

This Agreement and the rights hereunder are not assignable unless (i) such assignment is consented to in writing by Parent, ICG Group and
the Company, or (ii) Parent or Merger Subsidiary assigns its rights, in whole or in part, to one or more Affiliates of Parent or Merger Subsidiary and provides written notice of same to the Company, but in the case of clause (ii) above, no
such assignment will relieve the Company, ICG Group or Parent of their respective obligations under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Parent may without such consent and upon written notice to the Company assign its rights hereunder or
under any instrument executed or delivered in connection herewith as collateral security to any lender or any other debt financing source providing financing in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, which assignment shall not relieve
Parent of its obligations hereunder. This Agreement and all the provisions hereof shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. 

Section 11.2 Choice of Law. 

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal Laws, and not the Laws governing conflicts of Laws (other
than any Law that would result in the Law of any other state being applied), of the State of Delaware. 
 Section 11.3 Consent
to Jurisdiction; Service of Process; Waiver of Jury Trial. 
 ALL JUDICIAL PROCEEDINGS BROUGHT AGAINST THE PARTIES ARISING OUT OF OR
RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT, OR ANY OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER, SHALL BE BROUGHT EXCLUSIVELY IN ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION IN THE STATE OF DELAWARE. BY EXECUTING AND DELIVERING
THIS AGREEMENT, THE PARTIES IRREVOCABLY (I) ACCEPT GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION AND VENUE OF THESE COURTS; (II) WAIVE ANY OBJECTIONS WHICH SUCH PARTY MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY OF THE
AFORESAID ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT BROUGHT IN THE COURTS REFERRED TO IN CLAUSE (I) ABOVE AND HEREBY FURTHER IRREVOCABLY WAIVE AND AGREE NOT TO PLEAD OR CLAIM IN ANY SUCH COURT THAT SUCH ACTION
OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM; (III) AGREE THAT SERVICE OF ALL PROCESS IN ANY SUCH PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT MAY BE MADE BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL, RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, TO SUCH PARTY
AT THEIR RESPECTIVE ADDRESSES PROVIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 11.4; AND (IV) AGREE THAT SERVICE AS PROVIDED IN CLAUSE (III) ABOVE IS SUFFICIENT TO CONFER PERSONAL JURISDICTION OVER SUCH PARTY IN ANY SUCH PROCEEDING IN ANY

  
 -73- 

 
SUCH COURT, AND OTHERWISE CONSTITUTES EFFECTIVE AND BINDING SERVICE IN EVERY RESPECT. THE PARTIES UNCONDITIONALLY AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY SUCH JUDICIAL
PROCEEDING OR OTHER ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT. 
 Section 11.4 Notices. 

All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given
(a) when delivered personally, (b) when sent by facsimile (with written confirmation of transmission), (c) one (1) Business Day following the day sent by overnight courier (with written confirmation of receipt), or (d) when
sent by e-mail, provided that an additional copy is delivered one (1) Business Day via postal mail after such e-mail was sent, in each case to the parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified by
like notice): 
 If to the Company, prior to Closing, to: 

Procurian, Inc. 
 211 South
Gulph Road, Suite 500 
 King of Prussia, PA 19406 

Attn: Michael Shim, Esq. 
 Fax:
(877) 424-2339 
 Email: MShim@procurian.com 

and with copies to: 
 Dechert
LLP 
 Cira Centre 
 2929 Arch
Street 
 Philadelphia, PA 19104 

Attn: Henry N. Nassau, Esq. 

         Stephen M. Leitzell, Esq. 

Fax: (215) 655-2621 

Email: henry.nassau@dechert.com 

           stephen.leitzell@dechert.com 

and 
 ICG Group, Inc. 

555 E. Lancaster Avenue, Suite 640 

Radnor, PA 19087 
 Attn: Suzanne
Niemeyer, Esq. 
 Fax: (610) 727-6879 

Email: sniemeyer@icg.com 

  
 -74- 

 If to ICG Group: 

ICG Group, Inc. 
 555 E.
Lancaster Avenue, Suite 640 
 Radnor, PA 19087 

Attn: Suzanne Niemeyer, Esq. 

Fax: (610) 727-6879 

Email: sniemeyer@icg.com 

and with copies to: 
 Dechert
LLP 
 Cira Centre 
 2929 Arch
Street 
 Philadelphia, PA 19104 

Attn: Henry N. Nassau, Esq. 

         Stephen M. Leitzell, Esq. 

Fax: (215) 655-2621 

Email: henry.nassau@dechert.com 

           stephen.leitzell@dechert.com 

  
 -75- 

 If to Parent and if to the Surviving Corporation after the Closing, to: 

c/o Accenture LLP 
 161 North
Clark Street 
 Chicago, Illinois 60601 

Attention: Michael Corcoran 

Facsimile: (312) 652-2463 

Email: michael.a.corcoran@accenture.com 

with a copy to: 
 c/o Accenture
LLP 
 161 North Clark Street 

Chicago, Illinois 60601 

Attention: Timothy Metzger 

Facsimile: (312) 896-9172 

Email: timothy.m.metzger@accenture.com 

with a copy to: 

Kirkland & Ellis LLP 

601 Lexington Avenue 
 New York,
New York 10022 
 Attention: Sarkis Jebejian, P.C. 

William Sorabella 
 Facsimile:
(212) 446-4900 
 Email: sarkis.jebejian@kirkland.com 

           william.sorabella@kirkland.com 

If to the Stakeholder Representative, to: 

Internet Capital Group Operations, Inc. 

555 E. Lancaster Avenue, Suite 640 

Radnor, PA 19087 
 Attn: Suzanne
Niemeyer, Esq. 
 Fax: (610) 727-6879 

Email: sniemeyer@icg.com 

  
 -76- 

 and with a copy to: 

Dechert LLP 
 Cira Centre 

2929 Arch Street 
 Philadelphia,
PA 19104 
 Attn: Henry N. Nassau, Esq. 

Stephen M. Leitzell, Esq. 
 Fax:
(215) 655-2621 
 Email: henry.nassau@dechert.com 

           stephen.leitzell@dechert.com 

Section 11.5 Headings. 

The headings and table of contents contained in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be considered in interpreting or
construing any of the provisions contained in this Agreement. 
 Section 11.6 Fees and Expenses. 

Except as otherwise specified in this Agreement, each party hereto shall bear its own costs and expenses (including investment advisory and
legal fees and expenses) incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, it being agreed that Transaction Expenses may be paid by the Company prior to the Closing or after the Closing so long as any
Transaction Expenses that are not paid prior to the Closing or otherwise taken into account in computing Unpaid Transaction Expenses. 

Section 11.7 Entire Agreement. 

This Agreement (including the Exhibits and Schedules hereto) and the other Transaction Agreements executed in connection with this Agreement
constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter; provided, however, that
this Agreement shall not supersede the terms and provisions of the Confidentiality Agreement, which shall survive and remain in effect until expiration or termination thereof in accordance with its terms and this Agreement, except that paragraphs 8
and 9 the Confidentiality Agreement shall no longer be effective as of the date hereof. 
 Section 11.8 Interpretation.

 (a) When a reference is made to an article, exhibit, section or schedule, such reference shall be to an article, exhibit, section or
schedule of or to this Agreement unless otherwise indicated. 
 (b) Whenever the words “include,” “includes” or
“including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.” 

  
 -77- 

 (c) Unless the context requires otherwise, words using the singular or plural number also
include the plural or singular number, respectively, and the use of any gender herein shall be deemed to include the other genders. 
 (d)
References to “dollars” or “$” are to U.S. dollars. 
 (e) The terms “hereof,” “herein,”
“hereby,” “hereto” and derivative or similar words refer to this entire Agreement. 
 (f) All terms defined in this
Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in any certificate or other document made available or delivered pursuant hereto, unless otherwise defined therein. 

(g) The terms “or,” “any” and “either” are not exclusive. 

(h) The word “extent” in the phrase “to the extent” shall mean the degree to which a subject or other thing extends, and
such phrase shall not mean simply “if”. References to a Person are also to its successors and permitted assigns. 
 (i)
This Agreement was prepared jointly by the parties hereto and no rule that it be construed against the drafter will have any application in its construction or interpretation. 

Section 11.9 Disclosure. 

The inclusion of information in any Section of the Company Disclosure Letter shall not be construed as an admission that such information
is material or that such matter actually constitutes noncompliance with, or a violation of, any Law, Permit or Contract or other topic to which such disclosure is applicable. The disclosure of any matter in one section of the Company Disclosure
Letter shall be deemed disclosed with respect to any other section of the Company Disclosure Letter, notwithstanding the omission of a cross reference thereto, to the extent the relevance of such matter to such section is reasonably apparent from
the face of such disclosure. The Company Disclosure Letter shall be deemed to disclose matters or liabilities and the effects thereof to the extent the matter or amount of the liability and the effects thereof are disclosed with reasonable
particularity in the Company Disclosure Letter; the mere listing of a Contract or other item in the Company Disclosure Letter shall not be deemed to disclose all matters related thereto or effects therefrom unless specifically set forth or
referenced in the Company Disclosure Letter; provided that disclosures will only be deemed made for any Company Fundamental Rep or pursuant to Section 3.13 or ICG Fundamental Rep if set forth on the schedule that corresponds to
any such representation and warranty; provided, further, that solely with respect to Section 3.14(a) except as otherwise expressly set forth thereon, the foregoing shall not limit any cross-references or deemed disclosures for purposes
of determining the scope of Company Contracts. The Company Disclosure Letter is qualified in its entirety by reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement and nothing contained therein constitutes a representation, warranty or covenant of
any party to this Agreement. 

  
 -78- 

 Section 11.10 Waiver and Amendment. 

This Agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented only by a written mutual agreement executed and delivered by the Company and Parent.
Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, any failure of any party to comply with any obligation, covenant, agreement or condition herein may be waived by the party entitled to the benefits thereof only by a written instrument signed by the
party granting such waiver, but such waiver or failure to insist upon strict compliance with such obligations, covenant, agreement or condition shall not operate as a waiver of, or estoppel with respect to, any subsequent or other failure. 

Section 11.11 Third-Party Beneficiaries. 

This Agreement is for the sole benefit of the parties hereto and their permitted assigns and, except for Section 7.6 and
Section 11.17 and provisions applicable to Accenture LLP, nothing herein express or implied shall give or be construed to give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and such permitted assigns, any legal or equitable rights
hereunder. 
 Section 11.12 Enforcement. 

Each of the parties hereto acknowledges that the rights of each party to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby are unique and
recognizes and affirms that in the event of a breach of this Agreement by any party, money damages will be inadequate and the non-breaching party will have no adequate remedy at Law. Accordingly, the parties agree that such non-breaching party shall
have the right to seek to obtain, in addition to any other rights and remedies existing in their favor at Law or in equity, specific performance, injunctive relief and other equitable relief (without posting of bond or other security) to enforce
their rights and the other party’s obligations hereunder. Each of the parties hereto acknowledges that prior to the Closing, any other party hereto shall have the right to seek to specifically enforce the obligations to consummate the
transactions contemplated hereby. The rights and remedies of the parties to this Agreement are cumulative and not alternative. Neither any failure nor any delay by any party in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Agreement will
operate as a waiver of such right, power or privilege, and no single or partial exercise of any such right, power or privilege will preclude any other or further exercise of such right, power or privilege or the exercise of any other right, power or
privilege. 
 Section 11.13 Severability. 

If any provision of this Agreement or the application of any such provision to any Person or circumstance shall be held invalid, illegal or
unenforceable in any respect by a court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision hereof and all other provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect so long as
the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. 

  
 -79- 

 Section 11.14 Counterparts; Signatures. 

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when executed, shall be deemed to be an original and all of which
together shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument binding upon all of the parties hereto notwithstanding the fact that all parties are not signatory to the original or the same counterpart. For purposes of this Agreement, facsimile or
electronic scanned signatures shall be deemed originals, and the parties agree to exchange original signatures as promptly as possible. 

Section 11.15 Time is of the Essence. 

Time is of the essence for each and every provision of this Agreement. Whenever the last day for the exercise of any privilege or the discharge
or any duty hereunder shall fall upon a day which is not a Business Day, the party having such privilege or duty may exercise such privilege or discharge such duty on the next succeeding day which is a regular Business Day. 

Section 11.16 Stakeholder Representative. 

(a) The adoption of this Agreement and the approval of the Merger by the holders of Common Stock or acceptance of the Closing Per Share
Consideration pursuant to Section 2.6 or Award Payment shall constitute the grant to the Stakeholder Representative of the full power and authority, to act as agent and attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution to act in the name, place
and of each Holder’s stead with respect to the transactions contemplated by, and all the terms and provisions of, this Agreement and to act on such Holder’s behalf in any dispute, litigation or arbitration involving this Agreement and to
do or refrain from doing all such further acts and things, and execute all such agreements, certificates, instruments or other documents, as the Stakeholder Representative shall deem necessary or appropriate in connection with the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement, including the power to (i) execute and deliver the Escrow Agreement (with such modifications or changes therein as to which the Stakeholder Representative, in its sole discretion, shall have consented) and to
agree to such amendments or modifications thereto as the Stakeholder Representative, in its sole discretion, determines to be desirable, (ii) interpret the terms and provisions of this Agreement and the documents to be executed and delivered in
connection herewith, including Article IX and the Escrow Agreement, (iii) execute and deliver and receive deliveries of all agreements, certificates, statements, notices, approvals, extensions, waivers, undertakings, amendments and other
documents required or permitted to be given in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement, (iv) receive service of process in connection with any claims under this Agreement or
the Escrow Agreement, (v) agree to negotiate, enter into settlements and compromises of, assume the defense of claims, demand arbitration and comply with orders of courts and awards of arbitrators with respect to such claims and to take all
actions necessary or appropriate in the sole judgment of the Stakeholder Representative for the accomplishment of the foregoing, including taking all such actions as may be necessary under Article IX, (vi) give and receive notices and
communications, (vii) authorize delivery to Parent of funds from the Escrow Account or any portion thereof in satisfaction of claims brought by Parent for Damages, (viii) receive and distribute the consideration payable hereunder,
including payments from the Escrow Account and any earnings and proceeds thereon, and (ix) take all actions (or refrain from taking actions) necessary or appropriate in the judgment of the Stakeholder Representative as agent for and on behalf
of the Holders in connection with this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement. 

  
 -80- 

 (b) The appointment of the Stakeholder Representative shall be deemed coupled with an interest
and is hereby irrevocable. The provisions of this Section 11.16 are independent and severable, shall constitute an irrevocable power of attorney, coupled with an interest and surviving death or dissolutions, granted by the Holders to the
Stakeholder Representative, and shall be binding upon the executors, heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns of each such Holder. 

(c) The Stakeholder Representative shall act for the Holder on all of the matters set forth in this Agreement in the manner the Stakeholder
Representative reasonably believes to be in the best interest of the Holders and consistent with their obligations under this Agreement, and shall not waive, amend or otherwise modify this Agreement, waive any condition contained herein, enter into
or execute any agreement, certificate, instrument or other document, or do or refrain from doing any other act or deed, that has the effect of adversely and disproportionately impacting any Holder relative to the other Holders in a manner that is
inconsistent with the relative rights of such disproportionately impacted Holder under this Agreement, without the prior written consent of such Holder. The Stakeholder Representative shall not be responsible to the Holders for any Damages they may
suffer by reason of the performance by the Stakeholder Representative of the duties of the Stakeholder Representative under this Agreement, other than loss or damage arising from a willful and knowing violation of the Law or this Agreement by the
Stakeholder Representative. 
 (d) Each Holder agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Stakeholder Representative from, and promptly
reimburse the Stakeholder Representative for, any loss, damage, fees, costs or expenses arising from the performance of the duties of the Stakeholder Representative hereunder, including the cost of any legal counsel or accountants retained by the
Stakeholder Representative on behalf of the Holders or otherwise, but excluding any loss or damage arising from a willful and knowing violation of the Law or this Agreement by the Stakeholder Representative. All expenses, if any, incurred by the
Stakeholder Representative in connection with the performance of its duties as the Stakeholder Representative will be borne and paid by the Holders according to their Pro Rata Share. In furtherance of the foregoing, the Stakeholder Representative
shall hold the Stakeholder Representative Expense Amount in a dedicated account for the benefit of the Holders and use the Stakeholder Representative Expense Amount to pay for any costs and expenses reasonably incurred by the Stakeholder
Representative in carrying out its duties as the Stakeholder Representative under this Agreement or any other Transaction Agreement or to pay costs or expenses to be incurred by the Stakeholder Agreement as provided in this Agreement or any other
Transaction Agreement. The Stakeholder Representative, from time to time based on its reasonable discretion, shall pay to the Paying Agent or the Company for distribution to the Holders their respective Pro Rata Share of any amount remaining from
the Stakeholder Representative Expense Amount. 
 (e) All actions, decisions and instructions of the Stakeholder Representative taken, made
or given pursuant to the authority granted to the Stakeholder Representative pursuant to this Section 11.16 shall be conclusive and binding upon each Holder, and no Holder shall have the right to object to, dissent from, protest or
otherwise contest the same. 

  
 -81- 

 (f) Parent and the Company shall be entitled to rely exclusively upon the communications,
instructions and decisions of the Stakeholder Representative relating to the foregoing as the communications, instructions or directions of the Holders. The Stakeholder Representative shall have the authority to act as agent for and on behalf of all
Holders hereunder and shall be held liable or accountable in any manner for any act or omission of the Stakeholder Representative in such capacity. 

(g) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 11.16, the provisions of this Section 11.16 do not affect
any right of Parent (except for rights granted in Section 11-16(f) hereunder) or create any obligation on the part of Parent. The Holders shall bear full responsibility for any and all obligations arising pursuant to this Section 11.16. 

Section 11.17 Conflict Waiver. 

Dechert LLP has represented the Company, ICG Group and certain Holders, including ICG Holdings, Inc., and the parties agree that such
representation may continue to be recognized after the Closing. Specifically, Parent agrees that it shall not, and shall not cause the Company to, seek to have Dechert LLP disqualified from representing any Holder or any Holder’s Affiliate
(which as of the Closing Date shall no longer include the Acquired Companies) in connection with any dispute that may arise between such parties and Parent or the Company in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 [Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank] 

  
 -82- 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed the day and year
first above written. 
  

					
	PARENT:	 	ACCENTURE SUB INC.
			
		 	By:	 	 /s/ Ronald J. Roberts

		 		 	Name: Ronald J. Roberts
		 		 	Title: Secretary
		
	MERGER SUBSIDIARY:	 	PEREGRINE MERGER SUB, INC.
			
		 	By:	 	 /s/ Ronald J. Roberts

		 		 	Name: Ronald J. Roberts
		 		 	Title: Secretary

 [Signature Page to the Merger Agreement] 

 THE COMPANY: PROCURIAN INC. 

			
		
	 By:
	 	/s/ Carl Guarino
		 	Name: Carl Guarino
		 	Title: Chief Executive Officer

 ICG GROUP: ICG GROUP,
INC. 

			
		
	 By:
	 	/s/ Walter W. Buckley, III
		 	Name: Walter W. Buckley, III
		 	Title: Chief Executive Officer

 STAKEHOLDER
REPRESENTATIVE: INTERNET CAPITAL GROUP OPERATIONS, INC. 

			
		
	 By:
	 	/s/ Walter W. Buckley, III
		 	 Name: Walter W. Buckley, III

		 	Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

 [Signature Page to the Merger Agreement]

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00222-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00222-of-00352.parquet"}]]